TW202134384A - Adhesive agent composition, layered body, method for producing layered body, and method for producing electronic component - Google Patents

Adhesive agent composition, layered body, method for producing layered body, and method for producing electronic component Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202134384A
TW202134384A TW109140213A TW109140213A TW202134384A TW 202134384 A TW202134384 A TW 202134384A TW 109140213 A TW109140213 A TW 109140213A TW 109140213 A TW109140213 A TW 109140213A TW 202134384 A TW202134384 A TW 202134384A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
adhesive composition
group
component
aforementioned
adhesive layer
Prior art date
Application number
TW109140213A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吉岡孝広
鵜野和英
冨岡有希
丸山貴史
Original Assignee
日商東京應化工業股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2019238291A external-priority patent/JP6802348B1/en
Priority claimed from JP2020110426A external-priority patent/JP2022007441A/en
Application filed by 日商東京應化工業股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商東京應化工業股份有限公司
Publication of TW202134384A publication Critical patent/TW202134384A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J175/00Adhesives based on polyureas or polyurethanes; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09J175/04Polyurethanes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/06Interconnection of layers permitting easy separation
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/12Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F290/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
    • C08F290/08Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
    • C08F290/14Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G18/00Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates
    • C08G18/06Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen
    • C08G18/28Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen characterised by the compounds used containing active hydrogen
    • C08G18/67Unsaturated compounds having active hydrogen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G18/00Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates
    • C08G18/06Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen
    • C08G18/70Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen characterised by the isocyanates or isothiocyanates used
    • C08G18/81Unsaturated isocyanates or isothiocyanates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L75/00Compositions of polyureas or polyurethanes; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L75/04Polyurethanes
    • C08L75/14Polyurethanes having carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J11/00Features of adhesives not provided for in group C09J9/00, e.g. additives
    • C09J11/02Non-macromolecular additives
    • C09J11/06Non-macromolecular additives organic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J175/00Adhesives based on polyureas or polyurethanes; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09J175/04Polyurethanes
    • C09J175/14Polyurethanes having carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/04Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
    • H01L21/18Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
    • H01L21/30Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26
    • H01L21/302Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26 to change their surface-physical characteristics or shape, e.g. etching, polishing, cutting
    • H01L21/304Mechanical treatment, e.g. grinding, polishing, cutting
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2203/00Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2203/326Applications of adhesives in processes or use of adhesives in the form of films or foils for bonding electronic components such as wafers, chips or semiconductors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2301/00Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2301/50Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by process specific features
    • C09J2301/502Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by process specific features process for debonding adherents

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)

Abstract

This adhesive agent composition is used to form an adhesive layer for temporarily bonding a semiconductor substrate or an electronic device with a light-transmissive support body, the adhesive agent composition containing: (a) a light absorber, a polyisocyanate and a polyol; or (b) a light absorber, a urethane resin having a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond, and a polymerization initiator.

Description

接著劑組成物、積層體、積層體之製造方法及電子零件之製造方法Adhesive composition, laminate, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing electronic parts

本發明係有關接著劑組成物、積層體、積層體之製造方法、及電子零件之製造方法。 本案係依據2019年12月27日在日本申請之特願 2019-238291號、及2020年6月26日在日本申請之特願2020-110426號,主張優先權,並在此援用其內容。The present invention relates to an adhesive composition, a laminate, a method of manufacturing a laminate, and a method of manufacturing electronic parts. This case is based on a special application filed in Japan on December 27, 2019 No. 2019-238291 and Special Application No. 2020-110426 filed in Japan on June 26, 2020, claim priority and use its content here.

包含半導體元件的半導體封裝(電子零件),依對應尺寸而存在各式各樣的形態,例如有WLP(晶圓級封裝,Wafer Level Package)、PLP(面板級封裝,Panel Level Package)等。 半導體封裝之技術,可舉出扇入型技術、扇出型技術。藉由扇入型技術的半導體封裝,已知有將在裸晶片端部的端子再配置於晶片區域內之扇入型WLP(扇入晶圓級封裝,Fan-in Wafer Level Package)等。藉由扇出型技術的半導體封裝,已知將該端子再配置於晶片區域外之扇出型WLP(扇出晶圓級封裝,Fan-out Wafer Level Package)等。Semiconductor packages (electronic parts) containing semiconductor elements have various forms according to corresponding sizes, such as WLP (Wafer Level Package), PLP (Panel Level Package), etc. The technology of semiconductor packaging can include fan-in technology and fan-out technology. With the fan-in technology of semiconductor packaging, there is known a fan-in WLP (Fan-in Wafer Level Package) in which the terminals at the end of the bare chip are rearranged in the chip area. By fan-out technology of semiconductor packaging, fan-out WLP (Fan-out Wafer Level Package) and the like in which the terminal is relocated outside the chip area are known.

近年,特別是扇出型技術,作為應用於在面板上配置半導體元件,進行封裝化的扇出型PLP(扇出面板級封裝,Fan-out Panel Level Package)等,在半導體封裝中可實現更高積體化、薄型化及小型化等之方法,受到注目。In recent years, especially fan-out technology, as fan-out PLP (Fan-out Panel Level Package), which is applied to arrange semiconductor elements on the panel and packaged, can be implemented in semiconductor packaging. Methods such as high integration, thinning, and miniaturization are attracting attention.

為了謀求半導體封裝之小型化,將被組裝之元件中之基板的厚度減薄是很重要。然而,若減薄基板的厚度,則其強度會降低,於半導體封裝製造時容易發生基板破損。對此,使用接著劑,將基板暫時接著於支撐體,進行基板加工後,分離為基板與支撐體的技術為人所知。In order to achieve the miniaturization of semiconductor packages, it is important to reduce the thickness of the substrate in the assembled device. However, if the thickness of the substrate is reduced, its strength is reduced, and the substrate is likely to be damaged during semiconductor package manufacturing. In this regard, the technique of temporarily bonding the substrate to the support using an adhesive, and separating the substrate and the support after processing the substrate.

基板與支撐體之暫時接著用的接著劑,因藉由溶劑等容易去除接著層,故大多使用熱可塑系接著劑。例如,專利文獻1揭示含有熱可塑性彈性體、高沸點溶劑及低沸點溶劑的接著劑組成物。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]As the adhesive for temporary bonding between the substrate and the support, the adhesive layer is easily removed by a solvent or the like, so thermoplastic adhesives are often used. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses an adhesive composition containing a thermoplastic elastomer, a high-boiling point solvent, and a low-boiling point solvent. [Prior Technical Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1] 國際公開第2016/052315號[Patent Document 1] International Publication No. 2016/052315

[發明所欲解決之課題][The problem to be solved by the invention]

但是半導體封裝製造,有施予薄膜形成、燒成、黏晶等之高溫處理。接著劑之耐熱性低時,高溫處理時,接著層之彈性模數會降低,有產生基板之位置偏離,或基板之隱沒等的疑慮。此外,提高接著劑之耐熱性時,有對基板或支撐體之塗佈性降低的傾向。 支撐體與基板的接著,使用熱硬化性接著劑時,高溫處理時,不會產生位置偏離或隱沒等的問題。但是藉由溶劑等不易去除接著層,即使設置分離層時,因分離層之變質,分離支撐體與基板後,不易去除附著於基板的接著層。 又,以往的接著劑,在基板加工後,為了分離支撐體與基板,通常需要分離層。因此,分別需要形成分離層與形成接著層,作業煩雜。However, semiconductor packaging manufacturing requires high-temperature processing such as film formation, firing, and die bonding. When the heat resistance of the adhesive is low, the elastic modulus of the adhesive layer will decrease during high-temperature processing, and there may be doubts about the positional deviation of the substrate or the concealment of the substrate. In addition, when the heat resistance of the adhesive is increased, the coatability to the substrate or support tends to decrease. When a thermosetting adhesive is used for bonding between the support and the substrate, problems such as positional deviation or concealment will not occur during high-temperature processing. However, it is not easy to remove the adhesive layer by a solvent or the like. Even when the separation layer is provided, it is difficult to remove the adhesive layer attached to the substrate after the support and the substrate are separated due to the deterioration of the separation layer. In addition, conventional adhesives usually require a separation layer in order to separate the support and the substrate after the substrate is processed. Therefore, it is necessary to form a separation layer and to form an adhesive layer separately, and the operation is complicated.

本發明有鑑於上述事情而完成者,本發明之課題係提供不需要分離層,且耐熱性高,接著層之去除容易的接著劑組成物、使用該接著劑組成物所製造的積層體、該積層體之製造方法及使用該接著劑組成物之電子零件之製造方法。 [用以解決課題之手段]The present invention has been accomplished in view of the foregoing. The subject of the present invention is to provide an adhesive composition that does not require a separation layer, has high heat resistance, and is easy to remove the adhesive layer, a laminate manufactured using the adhesive composition, and the The manufacturing method of the laminated body and the manufacturing method of the electronic part using the adhesive composition. [Means to solve the problem]

為了解決上述課題,本發明採用以下的構成。 亦即,本發明之第1態樣係一種接著劑組成物,其係形成暫時接著半導體基板或電子裝置與光透過之支撐體之接著層用的接著劑組成物,其係含有(a)光吸收劑、聚異氰酸酯、及多元醇、或(b)光吸收劑、包含聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵之胺基甲酸酯樹脂、及聚合起始劑。In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the present invention adopts the following configuration. That is, the first aspect of the present invention is an adhesive composition that forms an adhesive composition for temporarily bonding a semiconductor substrate or an electronic device to a light-transmitting support, and it contains (a) light Absorbents, polyisocyanates, and polyols, or (b) light absorbers, urethane resins containing polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds, and polymerization initiators.

本發明之第2態樣係一種積層體,其係依序積層有光透過的支撐體、接著層、及半導體基板或電子裝置的積層體,前述接著層為前述第1態樣之接著劑組成物的硬化體。The second aspect of the present invention is a laminate in which a light-transmitting support, an adhesive layer, and a semiconductor substrate or an electronic device are sequentially laminated, and the adhesive layer is the adhesive composition of the first aspect. The hardened body of the object.

本發明之第3態樣係一種積層體之製造方法,其係依序積層有光透過的支撐體、接著層、及半導體基板之積層體之製造方法,其係具有以下步驟, 將前述第1態樣之接著劑組成物塗佈於前述支撐體或半導體基板,形成接著劑組成物層的步驟,經由前述接著劑組成物層,將前述半導體基板載置於前述支撐體上的步驟,使前述接著劑組成物層硬化,形成前述接著層的步驟。The third aspect of the present invention is a method of manufacturing a laminated body, which is a method of manufacturing a laminated body in which a light-transmitting support, an adhesive layer, and a semiconductor substrate are sequentially laminated, which has the following steps: The step of applying the adhesive composition of the first aspect to the support or semiconductor substrate to form an adhesive composition layer is to place the semiconductor substrate on the support via the adhesive composition layer The step is to harden the adhesive composition layer to form the adhesive layer.

本發明之第4態樣係一種積層體之製造方法,其係依序積層有光透過的支撐體、接著層、及電子裝置之積層體之製造方法,其中藉由前述第3態樣之積層體之製造方法得到積層體後,進一步具有形成電子裝置的步驟,前述電子裝置為藉由金屬或半導體所構成的構件與將前述構件封裝或絕緣之樹脂的複合體。The fourth aspect of the present invention is a method for manufacturing a laminated body, which is a method for manufacturing a laminated body having a light-transmitting support, an adhesive layer, and an electronic device sequentially laminated, wherein the third aspect is laminated The manufacturing method of the body has the step of forming an electronic device after obtaining the laminated body. The electronic device is a composite of a member made of metal or semiconductor and a resin that encapsulates or insulates the member.

本發明之第5態樣係一種電子零件之製造方法,其係藉由前述第4態樣之積層體之製造方法得到積層體後,進一步具有以下的步驟: 經由前述支撐體,藉由將光照射於前述接著層,使前述接著層變質,分離為前述電子裝置與前述支撐體的步驟,藉由將前述接著層中之胺基甲酸酯鍵以酸或鹼分解,去除附著於前述電子裝置之前述接著層的步驟。 [發明效果]The fifth aspect of the present invention is a method of manufacturing an electronic component. After the multilayer body is obtained by the above-mentioned fourth aspect of the multilayer body manufacturing method, the method further has the following steps: The step of irradiating light on the adhesive layer through the support body to change the quality of the adhesive layer and separate the electronic device and the support body by separating the urethane bond in the adhesive layer with acid or The step of alkali decomposition to remove the adhesive layer attached to the electronic device. [Effects of the invention]

依據本發明時,可提供不需要分離層,且耐熱性高,接著層之去除容易的接著劑組成物、使用該接著劑組成物所製造的積層體、該積層體之製造方法及使用該接著劑組成物之電子零件之製造方法。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an adhesive composition that does not require a separation layer, has high heat resistance, and is easy to remove the adhesive layer, a laminate manufactured using the adhesive composition, a method of manufacturing the laminate, and the adhesive The manufacturing method of electronic parts of the agent composition.

本說明書及本申請專利範圍中,「脂肪族」係對芳香族為相對的概念,定義為不具有芳香族性之基、化合物等的意義者。 「烷基」無特別聲明時,包含直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀之1價飽和烴基者。烷氧基中之烷基也相同。 「伸烷基」無特別聲明時,包含直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀之2價飽和烴基者。 「鹵化烷基」係烷基之氫原子之一部分或全部被鹵素原子取代之基,作為該鹵素原子,可列舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。 「氟化烷基」或「氟化伸烷基」係指烷基或伸烷基之氫原子之一部分或全部被氟原子取代之基。 「結構單元( structural unit) 」係指構成高分子化合物(樹脂、聚合物、共聚物)之單體單元(monomer unit)。 記載「可具有取代基之」或「可具有取代基之」時,包含以1價基取代氫原子(-H)的情形及以2價基取代伸甲基(-CH2 -)的情形兩者。 「曝光」係包含輻射線照射全部的概念。In this specification and the scope of the patent application, "aliphatic" is a relative concept to aromatics, and is defined as a group or compound that does not have aromaticity. "Alkyl" includes linear, branched, and cyclic monovalent saturated hydrocarbon groups unless otherwise stated. The same applies to the alkyl group in the alkoxy group. The "alkylene group" includes linear, branched, and cyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon groups unless otherwise stated. The "halogenated alkyl group" is a group in which part or all of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group are substituted with a halogen atom, and examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. "Fluorinated alkyl group" or "fluorinated alkylene group" refers to a group in which part or all of the hydrogen atoms of an alkyl group or an alkylene group are substituted with fluorine atoms. "Structural unit ( structural unit ) " refers to the monomer unit (monomer unit) that constitutes a polymer compound (resin, polymer, copolymer). The description of "substitutable group" or "substitutable group" includes both the case where the hydrogen atom (-H) is substituted by a monovalent group and the case where the methylene group (-CH 2 -) is substituted by a divalent group By. "Exposure" includes the entire concept of radiation exposure.

所謂「由羥基苯乙烯所衍生之結構單元」意指羥基苯乙烯的乙烯性雙鍵斷裂所構成的結構單元。所謂「由羥基苯乙烯衍生物所衍生之結構單元」意指羥基苯乙烯衍生物之乙烯性雙鍵斷裂所構成的結構單元。 所謂「羥基苯乙烯衍生物」意指羥基苯乙烯之α位的氫原子被取代成烷基、鹵化烷基等其他的取代基者,及包含彼等衍生物的概念。作為彼等的衍生物,可列舉α位之氫原子可被取代基所取代之羥基苯乙烯之羥基的氫原子被有機基所取代者;在α位之氫原子可被取代基所取代之羥基苯乙烯的苯環上,鍵結有羥基以外的取代基者等。此外,所謂α位(α位的碳原子)無特別聲明時,係指苯環所鍵結的碳原子。 取代羥基苯乙烯之α位之氫原子的取代基,可列舉與前述α取代丙烯酸酯中作為α位之取代基所列舉的同樣者。The so-called "structural unit derived from hydroxystyrene" means a structural unit formed by breaking the ethylenic double bond of hydroxystyrene. The so-called "structural unit derived from a hydroxystyrene derivative" means a structural unit formed by the cleavage of the ethylenic double bond of the hydroxystyrene derivative. The so-called "hydroxystyrene derivative" means a hydrogen atom at the α-position of hydroxystyrene is substituted with other substituents such as an alkyl group and a halogenated alkyl group, and the concept including these derivatives. Examples of their derivatives include those in which the hydrogen atom of the hydroxystyrene at the alpha position can be replaced by a substituent, and the hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl group in which the hydrogen atom at the alpha position can be replaced by a substituent. The benzene ring of styrene has a substituent other than a hydroxyl group bonded thereto. In addition, when the α-position (carbon atom at the α-position) is not specifically stated, it refers to the carbon atom to which the benzene ring is bonded. Examples of the substituent that replaces the hydrogen atom at the α-position of the hydroxystyrene include the same as those exemplified as the α-position substituent in the α-substituted acrylate.

作為上述α位之取代基的烷基,較佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基,具體而言,可列舉碳數1~5之烷基(甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、戊基、異戊基、新戊基)等。 又,作為α位之取代基的鹵化烷基,具體而言,可列舉將上述「作為α位之取代基之烷基」的氫原子之一部分或全部以鹵素原子取代之基。該鹵素原子,可列舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等,特佳為氟原子。 另外,作為α位之取代基的羥基烷基,具體而言,可列舉將上述「作為α位之取代基之烷基」之氫原子之一部分或全部以羥基取代之基。該羥基烷基中之羥基之數較佳為1~5,最佳為1。The alkyl group as the substituent at the α-position is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group. Specifically, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl) Propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl) and the like. In addition, the halogenated alkyl group as the substituent at the α-position specifically includes a group in which part or all of the hydrogen atoms of the aforementioned "alkyl group as the substituent at the α-position" are substituted with halogen atoms. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is particularly preferred. In addition, specific examples of the hydroxyalkyl group as the substituent at the α-position include groups in which part or all of the hydrogen atoms of the aforementioned "alkyl group as the substituent at the α-position" are substituted with hydroxy groups. The number of hydroxyl groups in the hydroxyalkyl group is preferably 1 to 5, most preferably 1.

本說明書及本申請專利範圍中,化學式表示之結構中,存在不對稱碳(asymmetric carbon),可存在鏡像異構物(enantiomer)或非鏡像異構物(diastereomer)。此時,以一個化學式,代表彼等異構物。彼等之異構物可單獨使用,也可作為混合物使用。In this specification and the scope of the patent application, there are asymmetric carbons in the structure represented by the chemical formula, and there may be enantiomers or diastereomers. At this time, a chemical formula represents their isomers. These isomers can be used alone or as a mixture.

(接著劑組成物) 本發明之第1態樣的接著劑組成物係形成暫時接著半導體基板或電子裝置與光透過之支撐體之接著層用的接著劑組成物,其特徵係含有(a)光吸收劑、聚異氰酸酯、及多元醇、或(b)光吸收劑、包含聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵之胺基甲酸酯樹脂、及聚合起始劑。(Adhesive composition) The adhesive composition of the first aspect of the present invention is an adhesive composition for forming an adhesive layer for temporarily adhering a semiconductor substrate or an electronic device to a light-transmitting support, and is characterized by containing (a) a light absorber and a polyisocyanate , And polyols, or (b) light absorbers, urethane resins containing polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds, and polymerization initiators.

<暫時接著之對象> 本實施形態之接著劑組成物係用於形成暫時接著半導體基板或電子裝置與支撐體之接著層。本說明書中,「暫時接著」係指接著對象被暫時(例如,任意的操作步驟間)接著。更具體而言,半導體基板或電子裝置,為了進行裝置之薄化、半導體基板之搬運、對半導體基板的安裝等,暫時接著於支撐體,而固定(暫時接著)於支撐體上,該步驟結束後,自支撐體分離。<Object to be temporarily connected> The adhesive composition of this embodiment is used to form an adhesive layer for temporarily bonding a semiconductor substrate or an electronic device and a support. In this specification, "temporarily joined" means that the joining object is temporarily joined (for example, between arbitrary operation steps). More specifically, a semiconductor substrate or an electronic device is temporarily attached to a support body for thinning of the device, transportation of the semiconductor substrate, mounting of the semiconductor substrate, etc., and is fixed (temporarily attached) to the support body. This step ends. After that, the self-supporting body is separated.

≪半導體基板≫ 使用本實施型態之接著劑組成物的半導體基板,無特別限定,可為作為半導體基板通常使用的基板。半導體基板(裸晶)以被支撐體支撐的狀態供給薄化、安裝等的步驟。半導體基板上例如可安裝積體電路或金屬凸塊等的構造物。 作為半導體基板,典型上可列舉矽晶圓基板,但不限於此,可為陶瓷基板、薄膜基板、軟性基板等。≪Semiconductor substrate≫ The semiconductor substrate using the adhesive composition of this embodiment is not particularly limited, and it may be a substrate generally used as a semiconductor substrate. The semiconductor substrate (bare die) is provided for steps such as thinning and mounting while being supported by the support. For example, structures such as integrated circuits and metal bumps can be mounted on the semiconductor substrate. The semiconductor substrate typically includes a silicon wafer substrate, but it is not limited to this, and may be a ceramic substrate, a thin film substrate, a flexible substrate, and the like.

≪電子裝置≫ 本說明書中,「電子裝置」係指構成電子零件之至少一部分的構件。電子裝置無特別限定,可為在半導體基板表面形成有各種機械結構或電路的裝置。電子裝置較佳為藉由金屬或半導體所構成的構件與將前述構件封裝或絕緣之樹脂的複合體。電子裝置可為後述之再配線層及/或半導體元件或其他元件被封裝材料或絕緣材料封裝或絕緣者,可具有單層或多層的構造。≪Electronic device≫ In this specification, "electronic device" refers to a member that constitutes at least a part of an electronic component. The electronic device is not particularly limited, and may be a device in which various mechanical structures or circuits are formed on the surface of a semiconductor substrate. The electronic device is preferably a composite of a member made of metal or semiconductor and a resin that encapsulates or insulates the aforementioned member. The electronic device may be a rewiring layer described later and/or a semiconductor element or other element encapsulated or insulated by an encapsulating material or an insulating material, and may have a single-layer or multi-layer structure.

≪支撐體≫ 支撐體為支撐半導體基板或電子裝置的構件。如後述,支撐基體為具有光透過的特性,支撐半導體基板的構件所構成。≪Support body≫ The support is a member that supports a semiconductor substrate or an electronic device. As described later, the support base is composed of a member that has light-transmitting properties and supports a semiconductor substrate.

本實施形態之接著劑組成物,含有下述(a)或(b)之任一的成分。 (a)光吸收劑、聚異氰酸酯、及多元醇。 (b)光吸收劑、包含聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵之胺基甲酸酯樹脂、及聚合起始劑。 以下,方便上,含有前述(a)之成分的接著劑組成物也稱為「接著劑組成物(a)」。含有前述(b)之成分的接著劑組成物也稱為「接著劑組成物(b)」。The adhesive composition of this embodiment contains any one of the following components (a) or (b). (a) Light absorbers, polyisocyanates, and polyols. (b) A light absorber, a urethane resin containing a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond, and a polymerization initiator. Hereinafter, for convenience, the adhesive composition containing the aforementioned component (a) is also referred to as "adhesive composition (a)". The adhesive composition containing the aforementioned component (b) is also referred to as "adhesive composition (b)".

接著劑組成物(a)及接著劑組成物(b)皆為硬化性接著劑組成物,藉由加熱等形成交聯結構進行硬化。因此,半導體基板或電子裝置(以下統稱為「半導體基板等」)與支撐體之間,形成接著劑組成物層,藉由使硬化,可形成暫時接著半導體基板等與支撐體的接著層。 此外,藉由接著劑組成物(a)或接著劑組成物(b)所形成的接著層,包含光吸收劑。因此,經由光透過的支撐體,對接著層照射光時,接著層中之光吸收劑會吸收光,接著層產生變質。藉此,可分離成經由前述接著層暫時接著的半導體基板或裝置與光透過的支撐體。 此外,藉由接著劑組成物(a)或接著劑組成物(b)所形成的接著層,因包含胺基甲酸酯樹脂,故藉由酸或鹼,分解胺基甲酸酯鍵,可分解接著層。藉此,自光透過的支撐體分離後,可去除附著於半導體基板或裝置之接著層的殘渣。The adhesive composition (a) and the adhesive composition (b) are both curable adhesive compositions, which are cured by forming a cross-linked structure by heating or the like. Therefore, an adhesive composition layer is formed between a semiconductor substrate or an electronic device (hereinafter collectively referred to as a "semiconductor substrate, etc.") and a support, and by curing, an adhesive layer that temporarily bonds the semiconductor substrate or the like to the support can be formed. In addition, the adhesive layer formed by the adhesive composition (a) or the adhesive composition (b) contains a light absorber. Therefore, when light is irradiated to the adhesive layer through the light-transmitting support, the light absorber in the adhesive layer absorbs the light, and the adhesive layer is deteriorated. Thereby, it can be separated into a semiconductor substrate or device temporarily bonded via the aforementioned bonding layer and a support body through which light is transmitted. In addition, since the adhesive layer formed by the adhesive composition (a) or the adhesive composition (b) contains a urethane resin, the urethane bond can be decomposed by acid or alkali. Decompose and then layer. Thereby, after separation from the light-transmitting support, the residue adhering to the semiconductor substrate or the adhesive layer of the device can be removed.

<接著劑組成物(a)> 接著劑組成物(a)含有光吸收劑、聚異氰酸酯、及多元醇。接著劑組成物(a)藉由加熱,聚異氰酸酯與多元醇之胺基甲酸酯鍵進行交聯。藉此,接著劑組成物層進行硬化,形成暫時接著支撐體及半導體基板等的接著層。另外對接著層照射雷射光等的光時,光吸收劑吸收光,接著層產生變質。藉此,可分離支撐體與半導體基板等。此外,附著於半導體基板等之接著層的殘渣,可藉由酸或鹼分解胺基甲酸酯鍵而去除。<Adhesive composition (a)> The adhesive composition (a) contains a light absorber, a polyisocyanate, and a polyol. The adhesive composition (a) is heated to crosslink the urethane bond of the polyisocyanate and the polyol. Thereby, the adhesive composition layer is cured, and an adhesive layer for temporarily bonding the support, the semiconductor substrate, etc., is formed. In addition, when light such as laser light is irradiated to the adhesive layer, the light absorber absorbs the light, and the adhesive layer is deteriorated. Thereby, the support body and the semiconductor substrate, etc. can be separated. In addition, residues attached to the adhesive layer of the semiconductor substrate and the like can be removed by decomposing the urethane bond by acid or alkali.

≪光吸收劑:(B)成分≫ 接著劑組成物(a)含有光吸收劑(以下也稱為「(B)成分」)。接著劑組成物(a)因含有(B)成分,可照射光使接著層變質。≪Light absorber: (B) component≫ The adhesive composition (a) contains a light absorber (hereinafter also referred to as "(B) component"). Since the adhesive composition (a) contains the component (B), it can be irradiated with light to change the quality of the adhesive layer.

(B)成分為具有光吸收能的物質時,即無特別限定。(B)成分係依據支撐體與半導體基板等之分離時,照射之光的波長,可使用可吸收該波長之光者。例如,(B)成分可使用可吸收300~800nm之波長區域之光者。(B)成分,較佳為可吸收400~700之波長區域者。更佳為可吸收450~600nm之波長區域之光者,又更佳為可吸收500~550nm之波長區域者。 (B)成分,可列舉例如顏料及染料。When the component (B) is a substance having light absorption energy, it is not particularly limited. The component (B) is based on the wavelength of the irradiated light when the support is separated from the semiconductor substrate, etc., and one that can absorb light of that wavelength can be used. For example, the component (B) can absorb light in the wavelength region of 300~800nm. The component (B) is preferably one that can absorb the wavelength range of 400 to 700. It is more preferable to absorb light in the wavelength region of 450 to 600 nm, and more preferably to absorb light in the wavelength region of 500 to 550 nm. (B) Component includes, for example, pigments and dyes.

・顏料 顏料可為有機顏料,也可為無機顏料。顏料可為黑色顏料、及彩色著色顏料之任一者。·pigment The pigment can be an organic pigment or an inorganic pigment. The pigment may be any of a black pigment and a colored pigment.

作為黑色有機顏料,可列舉例如苝黑(苝系黑色顏料)、木質素黑、苯胺黑、內醯胺黑等。黑色無機顏料,可列舉例如碳黑(燈黑、乙炔黑、熱碳黑、槽黑、爐黑等)、氧化鉻、氧化鐵、鈦黑、酸氮化鈦、鈦氮化物、鈦酸鍶、氧化鉻、及二氧化鈰等。Examples of black organic pigments include perylene black (perylene-based black pigment), lignin black, aniline black, and nigrosine black. Black inorganic pigments include, for example, carbon black (lamp black, acetylene black, thermal black, channel black, furnace black, etc.), chromium oxide, iron oxide, titanium black, acid titanium nitride, titanium nitride, strontium titanate, Chromium oxide, and cerium oxide, etc.

作為彩色著色顏料,可列舉例如在色彩索引(C.I.;The Society of Dyers and Colourists公司發行)中,分類成顏料(Pigment)的化合物,具體而言,可列舉附上如下述之色彩索引(C.I.)編號者等。Examples of color pigments include compounds classified as pigments in the Color Index (CI; issued by The Society of Dyers and Colourists). Specifically, the following color index (CI) is attached. Numberers, etc.

C.I.顏料黃1(以下,「C.I.顏料黃」同樣僅以編號記載)、3、11、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、53、55、60、61、65、71、73、74、81、83、86、93、95、97、98、99、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、116、117、119、120、125、126、127、128、129、137、138、139、147、148、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、166、167、168、175、180、185; C.I.顏料橙1(以下,「C.I.顏料橙」同樣僅以編號記載)、5、13、14、16、17、24、34、36、38、40、43、46、49、51、55、59、61、63、64、71、73; C.I.顏料紫1(以下,「C.I.顏料紫」同樣僅以編號記載)、19、23、29、30、32、36、37、38、39、40、50; C.I.顏料紅1(以下,「C.I.顏料紅」同樣僅以編號記載)、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、14、15、16、17、18、19、21、22、23、30、31、32、37、38、40、41、42、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、53:1、57、57:1、57:2、58:2、58:4、60:1、63:1、63:2、64:1、81:1、83、88、90:1、97、101、102、104、105、106、108、112、113、114、122、123、144、146、149、150、151、155、166、168、170、171、172、174、175、176、177、178、179、180、185、187、188、190、192、193、194、202、206、207、208、209、215、216、217、220、223、224、226、227、228、240、242、243、245、254、255、264、265; C.I.顏料藍1(以下,「C.I.顏料藍」同樣僅以編號記載)、2、15、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、22、60、64、66; C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠37; C.I.顏料棕23、C.I.顏料棕25、C.I.顏料棕26、C.I.顏料棕28; C.I.顏料黑1、顏料黑7。CI Pigment Yellow 1 (Hereinafter, "CI Pigment Yellow" is also described only by numbers), 3, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 53, 55, 60, 61, 65 , 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 86, 93, 95, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 125 , 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 166, 167, 168, 175, 180, 185; CI Pigment Orange 1 (hereinafter, "CI Pigment Orange" is also described only by numbers), 5, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 34, 36, 38, 40, 43, 46, 49, 51, 55, 59 , 61, 63, 64, 71, 73; C.I. Pigment Violet 1 (hereinafter, "C.I. Pigment Violet" is also described only by numbers), 19, 23, 29, 30, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 50; CI Pigment Red 1 (hereinafter, "CI Pigment Red" is also described only by numbers), 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 , 19, 21, 22, 23, 30, 31, 32, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49: 1, 49: 2, 50 :1, 52:1, 53:1, 57, 57:1, 57:2, 58:2, 58:4, 60:1, 63:1, 63:2, 64:1, 81:1, 83 , 88, 90: 1, 97, 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 108, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 151, 155, 166, 168, 170, 171 , 172, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 185, 187, 188, 190, 192, 193, 194, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 215, 216, 217, 220, 223 , 224, 226, 227, 228, 240, 242, 243, 245, 254, 255, 264, 265; C.I. Pigment Blue 1 (hereinafter, "C.I. Pigment Blue" is also described only by numbers), 2, 15, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 22, 60, 64, 66; C.I. Pigment Green 7, C.I. Pigment Green 36, C.I. Pigment Green 37; C.I. Pigment Brown 23, C.I. Pigment Brown 25, C.I. Pigment Brown 26, C.I. Pigment Brown 28; C.I. Pigment Black 1, Pigment Black 7.

顏料之粒徑可適宜設定,例如體積平均粒徑為10nm以上1000nm以下,較佳為10nm以上500nm以下,更佳為10nm以上300nm以下。體積平均粒徑可藉由動態光散射法求得。The particle diameter of the pigment can be appropriately set, for example, the volume average particle diameter is 10 nm or more and 1000 nm or less, preferably 10 nm or more and 500 nm or less, and more preferably 10 nm or more and 300 nm or less. The volume average particle size can be obtained by the dynamic light scattering method.

顏料可單獨使用1種,也可併用2種以上。又,可組合使用吸收不同波長區域之光的複數顏料,例如可組合黑色顏料與1種以上的彩色著色顏料來使用。A pigment may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. In addition, plural pigments that absorb light in different wavelength regions may be used in combination. For example, a black pigment may be used in combination with one or more color pigments.

・染料 作為染料,可列舉例如偶氮染料(單偶氮及多偶氮染料、金屬錯鹽偶氮染料、吡唑啉酮偶氮染料、茋偶氮染料、噻唑偶氮染料)、蒽醌染料(蒽醌衍生物、蒽酮衍生物)、靛藍(indigoid)染料(靛藍衍生物、硫靛藍衍生物)、酞菁染料、碳陽離子染料(carbonium dye)(二苯甲烷染料、三苯基甲烷染料、呫噸染料、吖啶染料)、醌亞胺染料( quinoneimine dye)(吖嗪染料、噁嗪染料、噻嗪染料(thiazine dye))、次甲基染料(methine dye)(花藍染料、偶氮甲鹼染料)、喹啉染料、亞硝基染料、苯醌及萘醌染料、萘醯亞胺染料、及苝酮染料等。·dye Examples of dyes include azo dyes (monoazo and polyazo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, stilbene azo dyes, thiazole azo dyes), anthraquinone dyes (anthracene Quinone derivatives, anthrone derivatives), indigoid dyes (indigo derivatives, thioindigo derivatives), phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes (diphenylmethane dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthones) Ton dyes, acridine dyes), quinone imine dyes ( Quinoneimine dye) (azine dye, oxazine dye, thiazine dye), methine dye (cyan dye, azomethine dye), quinoneimine dye, nitroso dye, Benzoquinone and naphthoquinone dyes, naphthimide dyes, and perylene dyes, etc.

染料也可使用市售染料。市售的染料,可列舉例如PC-5857(Orient 工業股份公司製)等。As the dye, commercially available dyes can also be used. Examples of commercially available dyes include PC-5857 (manufactured by Orient Industrial Co., Ltd.).

染料可單獨使用1種,也可併用2種以上。又,可組合使用吸收不同波長區域之光的複數染料。A dye may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. In addition, multiple dyes that absorb light in different wavelength regions can be used in combination.

(B)成分可單獨使用1種,也可併用2種以上。 接著劑組成物(a)中之(B)成分的含量係相對於接著劑組成物(a)之總質量(100質量%),較佳為1~20質量%,更佳為2~15質量%,又更佳為3~15質量%。(B)成分之含量為上述下限值以上時,接著層中之光的吸收效率提高,接著層之變質良好。(B)成分之含量為上述上限值以下時,變得容易與其他成分取得平衡。 又,接著劑組成物(a)中之(B)成分的含量係相對於接著劑組成物(a)之總質量(100質量%),可為5質量%以上,也可為10質量%以上。(B) A component may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. The content of the component (B) in the adhesive composition (a) is relative to the total mass (100 mass%) of the adhesive composition (a), preferably 1-20 mass%, more preferably 2-15 mass %, more preferably 3-15% by mass. When the content of the component (B) is more than the above lower limit, the light absorption efficiency in the adhesive layer is improved, and the deterioration of the adhesive layer is good. (B) When the content of the component is below the above upper limit, it becomes easy to balance with other components. In addition, the content of the component (B) in the adhesive composition (a) is relative to the total mass (100% by mass) of the adhesive composition (a), and may be 5% by mass or more or 10% by mass or more .

≪聚異氰酸酯化合物:(I)成分≫ 接著劑組成物(a)含有聚異氰酸酯化合物(以下也稱為「(I)成分」)。本說明書中,「聚異氰酸酯化合物」係指具有2個以上之異氰酸酯基(-N=C=O)的化合物(聚異氰酸酯)或具有2個以上之經封端之異氰酸酯基的化合物(封端聚異氰酸酯)。聚異氰酸酯,無特別限定,可無特別限制使用胺基甲酸酯樹脂之製造通常使用者。 封端聚異氰酸酯係聚異氰酸酯的異氰酸酯基藉由與封端劑的反應而被封端,非活性化的化合物。作為(I)成分使用的封端聚異氰酸酯,較佳為藉由熱解離性封端劑,異氰酸酯基被封端者。作為熱解離性封端劑,可列舉例如肟類、二酮類、酚類、己內醯胺類等的封端劑。藉由熱解離性封端劑所得之封端聚異氰酸酯,在常溫下,異氰酸酯基為非活性,藉由加熱,熱解離性封端劑解離,而再生成異氰酸酯基。≪Polyisocyanate compound: (I) component≫ The adhesive composition (a) contains a polyisocyanate compound (hereinafter also referred to as "(I) component"). In this specification, "polyisocyanate compound" refers to a compound having two or more isocyanate groups (-N=C=O) (polyisocyanate) or a compound having two or more blocked isocyanate groups (blocked poly Isocyanate). The polyisocyanate is not particularly limited, and ordinary users can use the urethane resin for the production without particular limitation. A compound in which the isocyanate group of the blocked polyisocyanate-based polyisocyanate is blocked by the reaction with a blocking agent and is inactivated. The blocked polyisocyanate used as the component (I) preferably has an isocyanate group blocked by a thermally dissociable blocking agent. Examples of the thermally dissociable blocking agent include blocking agents such as oximes, diketones, phenols, and caprolactam. In the blocked polyisocyanate obtained by the thermally dissociable blocking agent, the isocyanate group is inactive at room temperature, and the thermally dissociable blocking agent is dissociated by heating to regenerate the isocyanate group.

聚異氰酸酯之具體例,可列舉例如六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、三甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、離胺酸二異氰酸酯等之脂肪族二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、1、4-環己烷二異氰酸酯、氫化亞二甲苯基二異氰酸酯、氫化甲伸苯基二異氰酸酯、二環己基甲烷-4,4’-二異氰酸酯等之脂環式二異氰酸酯;及甲伸苯基二異氰酸酯、4,4’-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、2,4’-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、萘二異氰酸酯、亞二甲苯基二異氰酸酯、聯甲苯胺二異氰酸酯、p-伸苯基二異氰酸酯、伸萘基二異氰酸酯等之芳香族二異氰酸酯;及此等之縮二脲體、異氰脲酸酯體、三羥甲基丙烷之加合物等。聚異氰酸酯可單獨使用1種,也可併用2種以上。Specific examples of polyisocyanates include, for example, aliphatic diisocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, lysine diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, etc. Alicyclic diisocyanates such as isocyanate, 1,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate, hydrogenated xylylene diisocyanate, hydrogenated phenylene diisocyanate, dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate, etc.; and Phenylene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 2,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, naphthalene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, toluidine diisocyanate, p-diisocyanate Aromatic diisocyanates such as phenyl diisocyanate and naphthylene diisocyanate; and these biuret, isocyanurate, trimethylolpropane adducts, etc. A polyisocyanate may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

聚異氰酸酯也可使用市售者。市售的聚異氰酸酯,可列舉例如duranate(註冊商標)24A-100、 duranate22A-75P、duranateTPA-100、duranateTKA-100、duranateP301-75E、duranate21S-75E、duranateMFA-75B、duranateMHG-80B、duranateTUL-100、duranateTLA-100、duranateTSA-100、duranateTSS-100、 duranateTSE100、duranateE402-80B、duranateE405-70B、duranateAS700-100、duranateD101、duranateD201、及duranateA201H(以上為商品名,旭化成Chemicals公司製名)等。此等之製品可單獨使用1種,也可併用2種以上。Commercially available polyisocyanates can also be used. Commercially available polyisocyanates include duranate (registered trademark) 24A-100, duranate22A-75P, duranateTPA-100, duranateTKA-100, duranateP301-75E, duranate21S-75E, duranateMFA-75B, duranateMHG-80B, duranateTUL-100, duranateTLA-100, duranateTSA-100, duranateTSS-100, duranateTSE100, duranateE402-80B, duranateE405-70B, duranateAS700-100, duranateD101, duranateD201, and duranateA201H (the above are trade names, manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals), etc. These products may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為封端異氰酸酯,可列舉如上述之聚異氰酸酯的異氰酸酯基,藉由與封端劑的反應而被保護的化合物。封端劑只要是熱解離性的封端劑,亦即加成於異氰酸酯基,且在常溫下穩定,但加熱至解離溫度以上時游離而生成異氰酸酯基的化合物時,無特別限定,可無特別限定使用已知的化合物。 封端劑的具體例,可列舉例如γ-丁內醯胺、ε-己內醯胺、γ-戊內醯胺、丙內醯胺等之內醯胺化合物;甲基乙基酮肟、甲基異戊基酮肟、甲基異丁基酮肟、甲醯胺肟、乙醯胺肟、丙酮肟、二乙醯基單肟、二苯甲酮肟、環己酮肟等之肟化合物;苯酚、甲酚、鄰苯二酚、硝基苯酚等之單環酚化合物;1-萘酚等之多環酚化合物;甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇、叔丁醇、三羥甲基丙烷、2-乙基己基醇等之醇化合物;乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單丁醚等之醚化合物;丙二酸烷酯、丙二酸二烷酯、乙醯乙酸烷酯、乙醯丙酮等之活性亞甲基化合物等。封端劑可單獨使用1種,也可以併用2種以上。Examples of the blocked isocyanate include compounds in which the isocyanate group of the polyisocyanate described above is protected by reaction with a blocking agent. The blocking agent is not particularly limited as long as it is a thermally dissociable blocking agent, that is, it is added to isocyanate groups and is stable at room temperature, but when heated to a dissociation temperature or higher, it is free to form isocyanate groups. Limited use of known compounds. Specific examples of the blocking agent include, for example, internal amide compounds such as γ-butyrolactam, ε-caprolactam, γ-valerolactam, and propiolactam; methyl ethyl ketoxime, methyl ethyl ketoxime, and methyl ethyl ketoxime. Oxime compounds such as methyl isoamyl ketoxime, methyl isobutyl ketoxime, formamide oxime, acetamidoxime, acetone oxime, diacetyl monooxime, benzophenone oxime, cyclohexanone oxime, etc.; Monocyclic phenol compounds such as phenol, cresol, catechol, nitrophenol; polycyclic phenol compounds such as 1-naphthol; methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, tert-butanol, trimethylolpropane, 2 -Alcohol compounds such as ethylhexyl alcohol; ether compounds such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, etc.; alkyl malonate, dialkyl malonate, and acetic acid Active methylene compounds such as alkyl esters and acetone. The blocking agent may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds.

封端聚異氰酸酯可藉由使聚異氰酸酯與封端劑反應來製造。聚異氰酸酯與封端劑的反應,例如在不具有活性氫的溶劑(1,4-二噁烷、溶纖劑乙酸酯等)中,在50~100℃左右的加熱下,及必要時在封端化觸媒的存在下進行。聚異氰酸酯與封端劑的使用比例無特別限定,以聚異氰酸酯中的異氰酸酯基與封端劑的當量比計,較佳為0.95:1.0~1.1:1.0,又更佳為1:1.05~1.15。封端化觸媒可使用已知物,可列舉例如甲醇鈉、乙醇鈉、苯酚鈉、甲醇鉀等金屬醇鹽;四甲銨、四乙銨、四丁銨等之四烷銨的氫氧化物;此等之乙酸鹽、辛酸鹽、肉豆蔻酸鹽、苯甲酸鹽等之有機弱酸鹽;及乙酸、己酸、辛酸、肉豆蔻酸等之烷基羧酸的鹼金屬鹽;等。封端化觸媒可單獨使用1種,也可以併用2種以上。The blocked polyisocyanate can be produced by reacting polyisocyanate with a blocking agent. The reaction of polyisocyanate and blocking agent, for example, in a solvent without active hydrogen (1,4-dioxane, cellosolve acetate, etc.), under heating at about 50 to 100 ℃, and when necessary It is carried out in the presence of a blocking catalyst. The use ratio of the polyisocyanate and the blocking agent is not particularly limited. Based on the equivalent ratio of the isocyanate group in the polyisocyanate to the blocking agent, it is preferably 0.95:1.0 to 1.1:1.0, and more preferably 1:1.05 to 1.15. Known substances can be used as the blocking catalyst, for example, metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, sodium phenoxide, potassium methoxide; hydroxides of tetraalkylammonium such as tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, tetrabutylammonium, etc. ; These weak organic acid salts of acetate, caprylate, myristate, benzoate, etc.; and alkali metal salts of alkyl carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, and myristic acid; etc. One type of blocking catalyst may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

封端聚異氰酸酯可以使用市售者。市售的封端聚異氰酸酯,可列舉例如Duranate MF-K60B、 Duranate SBB-70P、Duranate SBN-70D、Duranate MF-B60B、Duranate 17B-60P、Duranate TPA-B80E、及 Duranate E402-B80B(以上為商品名,旭化成股份公司製)等。A commercially available one can be used for the blocked polyisocyanate. Commercially available blocked polyisocyanates include, for example, Duranate MF-K60B, Duranate SBB-70P, Duranate SBN-70D, Duranate MF-B60B, Duranate 17B-60P, Duranate TPA-B80E, and Duranate E402-B80B (the above are trade names, manufactured by Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd.), etc.

(I)成分,較佳為藉由熱解離性封端劑,異氰酸酯基被封端的封端聚異氰酸酯。The component (I) is preferably a blocked polyisocyanate in which an isocyanate group is blocked by a thermally dissociable blocking agent.

(I)成分可單獨使用1種,也可以併用2種以上。 接著劑組成物(a)中之(I)成分的含量係相對於接著劑組成物(a)之總質量(100質量%),較佳為5~50質量%,更佳為10~40質量%,又更佳為20~40質量%。(I)成分的含量為上述下限值以上時,接著劑組成物(a)之硬化性變得良好。(I)成分的含量為上述上限值以下時,容易與其他的成分取得平衡。(I) A component may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. The content of component (I) in the adhesive composition (a) is relative to the total mass (100% by mass) of the adhesive composition (a), preferably 5-50% by mass, more preferably 10-40% by mass %, and more preferably 20-40% by mass. When the content of the component (I) is greater than or equal to the above lower limit, the curability of the adhesive composition (a) becomes good. (I) When the content of the component is below the above upper limit, it is easy to balance with other components.

≪多元醇:(O)成分≫ 接著劑組成物(a)含有多元醇(以下也稱為「(O)成分」)。多元醇為具有2個以上之羥基(-OH)的化合物。多元醇,無特別限定,一般用於製造胺基甲酸酯樹脂者,無特別限制皆可使用。(O)成分可為脂肪族多元醇,也可為芳香族多元醇。(O)成分可為低分子多元醇(例如,未達分子量500),也可為高分子多元醇(例如,分子量500以上)。≪Polyol: (O) component≫ The adhesive composition (a) contains a polyol (hereinafter also referred to as "(O) component"). Polyols are compounds having two or more hydroxyl groups (-OH). Polyols are not particularly limited, and those generally used for the production of urethane resins can be used without any particular limitations. (O) The component may be an aliphatic polyol or an aromatic polyol. The component (O) may be a low molecular polyol (for example, less than a molecular weight of 500), or a high molecular polyol (for example, a molecular weight of 500 or more).

低分子多元醇之具體例,可列舉例如乙二醇、丙二醇、1,3-丙二醇、1,4-丁二醇、1,3-丁二醇、1,2-丁二醇、1,5-戊二醇、1,6-己二醇、新戊二醇、碳數7~22之烷二醇、二乙二醇、三乙二醇、二丙二醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、2-乙基-2-丁基-1,3-丙二醇、碳數17~20之烷烴-1,2-二醇、1,3-環己烷二甲醇、1,4-環己烷二甲醇、1,4-環己二醇、氫化雙酚A、1,4-二羥基-2-丁烯、2,6-二甲基-1-辛烯-3,8-二醇、雙酚A等之二元醇;丙三醇、三羥甲基丙烷等之三元醇;四羥甲基甲烷(季戊四醇)、二丙三醇等之四元醇;木糖醇等之五元醇;山梨醣醇、甘露糖醇、蒜糖醇、艾杜糖醇、衛矛醇(dulcitol)、阿卓糖醇(altritol)、肌醇、二季戊四醇等之六元醇;洋梨醇等之七元醇;及蔗糖等之八元醇;等。Specific examples of low-molecular polyols include, for example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,5 -Pentylene glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, neopentyl glycol, alkanediol with carbon number 7-22, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, 3-methyl-1,5- Pentylene glycol, 2-ethyl-2-butyl-1,3-propanediol, C17-20 alkane-1,2-diol, 1,3-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,4-ring Hexane dimethanol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, hydrogenated bisphenol A, 1,4-dihydroxy-2-butene, 2,6-dimethyl-1-octene-3,8-diol , Dihydric alcohols such as bisphenol A; Trihydric alcohols such as glycerol and trimethylolpropane; Tetrahydric alcohols such as tetramethylolmethane (pentaerythritol) and diglycerol; Xylitol, etc. Alcohols; hexavalent alcohols such as sorbitol, mannitol, alliitol, iditol, dulcitol, altritol, inositol, dipentaerythritol, etc.; Heptahydric alcohol; and octahydric alcohols such as sucrose; etc.

高分子多元醇,可列舉例如酚樹脂、包含羥基苯乙烯骨架的樹脂、聚酯多元醇、聚醚多元醇、聚醚酯多元醇、聚酯醯胺多元醇、丙烯酸多元醇、聚碳酸酯多元醇、多羥基烷烴、聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇、及植物油系多元醇等。高分子多元醇之數平均分子量,較佳為500~100,000。Polymer polyols include, for example, phenol resins, resins containing hydroxystyrene skeletons, polyester polyols, polyether polyols, polyether ester polyols, polyester amide polyols, acrylic polyols, and polycarbonate polyols. Alcohols, polyhydroxyalkanes, polyurethane polyols, vegetable oil-based polyols, etc. The number average molecular weight of the polymer polyol is preferably 500 to 100,000.

[酚樹脂] 酚樹脂可為Novolac型酚樹脂,也可為Resol型酚樹脂。Novolac型酚樹脂可藉由使具有酚性羥基之芳香族化合物(以下稱為「酚類」)與醛類在酸觸媒下進行加成縮合而得。Resol型酚樹脂可藉由使酚類與醛類在鹼觸媒下進行加成縮合而得。[Phenolic resin] The phenol resin may be a Novolac type phenol resin or a Resol type phenol resin. Novolac-type phenol resins can be obtained by addition condensation of aromatic compounds having phenolic hydroxyl groups (hereinafter referred to as "phenols") and aldehydes under an acid catalyst. Resol type phenol resin can be obtained by addition condensation of phenols and aldehydes under an alkali catalyst.

前述酚類,可列舉例如苯酚;m-甲酚、p-甲酚、o-甲酚等之甲酚類;2,3-二甲苯酚、2,5-二甲苯酚、3,5-二甲苯酚、3,4-二甲苯酚等之二甲苯酚類;m-乙基苯酚、p-乙基苯酚、o-乙基苯酚、2,3,5-三甲基苯酚、2,3,5-三乙基苯酚、4-tert-丁基苯酚、3-tert-丁基苯酚、2-tert-丁基苯酚、2-tert-丁基-4-甲基苯酚、2-tert-丁基-5-甲基苯酚等之烷基酚類;p-甲氧基苯酚、m-甲氧基苯酚、p-乙氧基苯酚、m-乙氧基苯酚、p-丙氧基苯酚、m-丙氧基苯酚等之烷氧基酚類;o-異丙烯基苯酚、p-異丙烯基苯酚、2-甲基-4-異丙烯基苯酚、2-乙基-4-異丙烯基苯酚等之異丙烯基酚類;苯基苯酚等之芳基酚類;4,4’-二羥基聯苯、雙酚A、間苯二酚、對苯二酚、鄰苯三酚、9,9-雙(4-羥基-3,5-二甲基苯基)茀、9,9-雙(4-羥基-3-甲基苯基)茀、1,1-雙(4-羥基-3-甲基苯基)環己烷等之聚羥基酚類等。The aforementioned phenols include, for example, phenol; cresols such as m-cresol, p-cresol, and o-cresol; 2,3-xylenol, 2,5-xylenol, 3,5-diphenol Xylenols such as cresol and 3,4-xylenol; m-ethylphenol, p-ethylphenol, o-ethylphenol, 2,3,5-trimethylphenol, 2,3, 5-triethylphenol, 4-tert-butylphenol, 3-tert-butylphenol, 2-tert-butylphenol, 2-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 2-tert-butylphenol Alkylphenols such as -5-methylphenol; p-methoxyphenol, m-methoxyphenol, p-ethoxyphenol, m-ethoxyphenol, p-propoxyphenol, m- Alkoxyphenols such as propoxyphenol; o-isopropenylphenol, p-isopropenylphenol, 2-methyl-4-isopropenylphenol, 2-ethyl-4-isopropenylphenol, etc. Isopropenyl phenols; aryl phenols such as phenylphenol; 4,4'-dihydroxybiphenyl, bisphenol A, resorcinol, hydroquinone, pyrogallol, 9,9- Bis(4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl) pyridium, 9,9-bis(4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl) pyridium, 1,1-bis(4-hydroxy-3-methyl) (Phenyl) cyclohexane and other polyhydroxyphenols, etc.

前述醛類,可列舉例如甲醛、聚甲醛、三聚甲醛、糠醛、苯甲醛、對苯二醛、苯基乙醛、α-苯基丙醛、β-苯基丙醛、o-羥基苯甲醛、m-羥基苯甲醛、p-羥基苯甲醛、o-甲基苯甲醛、m-甲基苯甲醛、p-甲基苯甲醛、o-氯苯甲醛、m-氯苯甲醛、p-氯苯甲醛、桂皮醛、4-異丙基苯甲醛、4-異丁基苯甲醛、4-苯基苯甲醛等。The aforementioned aldehydes include, for example, formaldehyde, polyformaldehyde, trioxane, furfural, benzaldehyde, terephthalaldehyde, phenylacetaldehyde, α-phenylpropionaldehyde, β-phenylpropionaldehyde, o-hydroxybenzaldehyde , M-hydroxybenzaldehyde, p-hydroxybenzaldehyde, o-methylbenzaldehyde, m-methylbenzaldehyde, p-methylbenzaldehyde, o-chlorobenzaldehyde, m-chlorobenzaldehyde, p-chlorobenzene Formaldehyde, cinnamaldehyde, 4-isopropylbenzaldehyde, 4-isobutylbenzaldehyde, 4-phenylbenzaldehyde, etc.

加成縮合反應時之酸觸媒,無特別限定,例如可使用鹽酸、硝酸、硫酸、甲酸、草酸、乙酸等。加成縮合反應時之鹼觸媒,無特別限定,可使用氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鋰、氫氧化鉀、氨水、三乙基胺、碳酸鈉、六亞甲基四胺等。The acid catalyst in the addition condensation reaction is not particularly limited, and for example, hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, formic acid, oxalic acid, acetic acid, etc. can be used. The alkali catalyst in the addition condensation reaction is not particularly limited, and sodium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonia, triethylamine, sodium carbonate, hexamethylenetetramine, etc. can be used.

[包含羥基苯乙烯骨架的樹脂] 包含羥基苯乙烯骨架的樹脂,只要是具有羥基苯乙烯或羥基苯乙烯衍生物所衍生之結構單元者時,無特別限定。由羥基苯乙烯或羥基苯乙烯衍生物所衍生之結構單元的具體例,可列舉下述通式(a10-1)表示之結構單元。[Resin containing hydroxystyrene skeleton] The resin containing a hydroxystyrene skeleton is not particularly limited as long as it has a structural unit derived from hydroxystyrene or a hydroxystyrene derivative. Specific examples of structural units derived from hydroxystyrene or hydroxystyrene derivatives include structural units represented by the following general formula (a10-1).

Figure 02_image001
。 [式中,R為氫原子、碳數1~5之烷基或碳數1~5之鹵化烷基。Yax1 為單鍵或2價之連結基。Wax1 為(nax1 +1)價之芳香族烴基。nax1 為1~3之整數]。
Figure 02_image001
. [In the formula, R is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 5 carbons, or a halogenated alkyl group with 1 to 5 carbons. Ya x1 is a single bond or a bivalent linking base. Wa x1 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group of (n ax1 +1) valence. n ax1 is an integer from 1 to 3].

前述式(a10-1)中,R為氫原子、碳數1~5之烷基或碳數1~5之鹵化烷基。 R之碳數1~5之烷基,較佳為碳數1~5之直鏈狀或分枝鏈狀之烷基,具體而言,可列舉甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、n-丁基、異丁基、tert-丁基、戊基、異戊基、新戊基等。R之碳數1~5的鹵化烷基為前述碳數1~5之烷基之氫原子之一部分或全部被鹵素原子取代而得之基。該鹵素原子,可列舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等,特佳為氟原子。 R較佳為氫原子、碳數1~5之烷基或碳數1~5之氟化烷基,就工業上取得之容易度,最佳為氫原子或甲基。In the aforementioned formula (a10-1), R is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 5 carbons, or a halogenated alkyl group with 1 to 5 carbons. The alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms of R is preferably a linear or branched chain alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Specifically, methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl are exemplified , N-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, etc. The halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms of R is a group obtained by substituting part or all of the hydrogen atoms of the aforementioned alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms by halogen atoms. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is particularly preferred. R is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with a carbon number of 1 to 5 or a fluorinated alkyl group with a carbon number of 1 to 5. For ease of industrial acquisition, a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is most preferred.

前述式(a10-1)中,Yax1 為單鍵或2價之連結基。 Yax1 中之2價之連結基,可列舉例如可具有取代基之2價烴基、包含雜原子之2價之連結基為佳。In the aforementioned formula (a10-1), Ya x1 is a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group in Ya x1 includes, for example, a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and a divalent linking group containing a hetero atom.

・可具有取代基之2價烴基: Yax1 為可具有取代基之2價烴基時,該烴基可為脂肪族烴基,也可為芳香族烴基。・Divalent hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent: When Ya x1 is a divalent hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, the hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group.

・・Yax1 中之脂肪族烴基 該脂肪族烴基係指不具有芳香族性的烴基。該脂肪族烴基,可為飽和,也可為不飽和,通常,較佳為飽和。 前述脂肪族烴基,可列舉直鏈狀或支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基,或結構中包含環的脂肪族烴基等。・・ The aliphatic hydrocarbon group in Ya x1 This aliphatic hydrocarbon group refers to a hydrocarbon group that is not aromatic. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be saturated or unsaturated, and in general, it is preferably saturated. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group includes a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a ring in the structure.

・・・直鏈狀或支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基 該直鏈狀之脂肪族烴基,較佳為碳數為1~10,更佳為碳數1~6,又更佳為碳數1~4,最佳為碳數1~3。 直鏈狀之脂肪族烴基,較佳為直鏈狀之伸烷基,具體而言,可列舉伸甲基[-CH2 -]、伸乙基[-(CH2 )2 -]、伸丙基 [-(CH2 )3 -]、伸丁基[-(CH2 )4 -]、伸戊基[-(CH2 )5 -]等。 該支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基,較佳為碳數為2~10,更佳為碳數3~6,又更佳為碳數3或4,最佳為碳數3。 支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基,較佳為支鏈狀之伸烷基,具體而言,可列舉-CH(CH3 )-、-CH(CH2 CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -、 -C(CH3 )(CH2 CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )(CH2 CH2 CH3 )-、-C(CH2 CH3 )2 -等之烷基伸甲基;-CH(CH3 )CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )CH(CH3 )-、 -C(CH3 )2 CH2 -、-CH(CH2 CH3 )CH2 -、-C(CH2 CH3 )2 -CH2 -等之烷基伸乙基;-CH(CH3 )CH2 CH2 -、-CH2 CH(CH3 )CH2 -等之烷基伸丙基;-CH(CH3 )CH2 CH2 CH2 -、 -CH2 CH(CH3 )CH2 CH2 -等之烷基伸丁基等之烷基伸烷基等。烷基伸烷基中之烷基,較佳為碳數1~5之直鏈狀之烷基。・・・Straight-chain or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group The straight-chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group preferably has a carbon number of 1~10, more preferably a carbon number of 1~6, and even more preferably a carbon number of 1~ 4. The best carbon number is 1~3. The straight-chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a straight-chain alkylene group. Specifically, methylidene [-CH 2 -], ethylidene [-(CH 2 ) 2 -], propylene Group [-(CH 2 ) 3 -], butylene [-(CH 2 ) 4 -], pentylene [-(CH 2 ) 5 -] and the like. The branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group preferably has a carbon number of 2-10, more preferably a carbon number of 3-6, still more preferably a carbon number of 3 or 4, and most preferably a carbon number of 3. The branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a branched alkylene group, specifically, -CH(CH 3 )-, -CH(CH 2 CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 )-, -C(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 -and other alkylene groups;- CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 -, -CH(CH 2 CH 3 )CH 2 -, -C(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 -CH 2 -and other alkyl ethylene groups; -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -and other alkyl ethylene groups; -CH(CH 3 ) CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 -, such as alkylene, etc., such as alkylene, etc. The alkyl group in the alkylene alkylene group is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.

前述直鏈狀或支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基,可具有或不具有取代基。該取代基,可列舉氟原子、經氟原子取代之碳數1~5之氟化烷基、羰基等。The aforementioned linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group may or may not have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a fluorine atom, a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms substituted with a fluorine atom, and a carbonyl group.

・・・結構中含有環的脂肪族烴基 該結構中含有環的脂肪族烴基,可列舉在環結構中可含有含雜原子之取代基之環狀之脂肪族烴基 (自脂肪族烴環去除2個氫原子而得之基)、前述環狀之脂肪族烴基鍵結於直鏈狀或支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基之末端而得之基、前述環狀之脂肪族烴基介於直鏈狀或支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基之中而得之基等。前述直鏈狀或支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基,可列舉與與前述相同者。 環狀之脂肪族烴基,較佳為碳數為3~20,更佳為碳數3~12。 環狀之脂肪族烴基,可為多環式基,也可為單環式基。單環式之脂環式烴基,較佳為自單環烷去除2個氫原子而得之基。該單環烷,較佳為碳數3~6者,具體而言,可列舉環戊烷、環己烷等。多環式之脂環式烴基,較佳為自多環烷去除2個氫原子而得之基,該多環烷,較佳為碳數7~12者,具體而言,可列舉金剛烷、降莰烷、異莰烷、三環癸烷、四環十二烷等。・・・Aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a ring in the structure The aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a ring in the structure includes a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group (a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring) that may contain a heteroatom-containing substituent in the ring structure, the aforementioned ring The aliphatic hydrocarbon group is bonded to the end of a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and the aforementioned cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group is between the linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The base and so on. Examples of the linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group are the same as those described above. The cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group preferably has a carbon number of 3-20, more preferably a carbon number of 3-12. The cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a polycyclic group or a monocyclic group. The monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from a monocycloalkane. The monocycloalkane is preferably one having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and specific examples include cyclopentane, cyclohexane, and the like. The polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from a polycycloalkane. The polycycloalkane is preferably one having 7 to 12 carbon atoms. Specifically, adamantane, Norbornane, isobornane, tricyclodecane, tetracyclododecane, etc.

環狀之脂肪族烴基,可具有或不具有取代基。該取代基,可列舉烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子、鹵化烷基、羥基、羰基等。 作為前述取代基之烷基,較佳為碳數1~5之烷基,最佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、n-丁基、tert-丁基。 作為前述取代基之烷氧基,較佳為碳數1~5之烷氧基,更佳為甲氧基、乙氧基、n-丙氧基、iso-丙氧基、n-丁氧基、tert-丁氧基,最佳為甲氧基、乙氧基。 前述作為取代基之鹵素原子,可列舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等,較佳為氟原子。 前述作為取代基之鹵化烷基,可列舉前述烷基之氫原子之一部分或全部被前述鹵素原子取代而得之基。 環狀之脂肪族烴基,也可為成該環結構之碳原子之一部分被包含雜原子之取代基取代。該包含雜原子之取代基,較佳為-O-、-C(=O)-O-、-S-、-S(=O)2 -、-S(=O)2 -O-。The cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may or may not have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a halogenated alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, and a carbonyl group. The alkyl group of the aforementioned substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and most preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, and a tert-butyl group. The alkoxy group of the aforementioned substituent is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy , Tert-butoxy, preferably methoxy and ethoxy. The halogen atom as the substituent includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc., and a fluorine atom is preferred. The halogenated alkyl group as the substituent includes a group obtained by substituting a part or all of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group with the halogen atom. The cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group may also be that a part of the carbon atoms forming the ring structure is substituted by a substituent containing a heteroatom. The substituents containing heteroatoms are preferably -O-, -C(=O)-O-, -S-, -S(=O) 2 -, -S(=O) 2 -O-.

・・Yax1 中之芳香族烴基 該芳香族烴基為具有至少1個芳香環的烴基。    此芳香環為具有4n+2個之π電子之環狀共軛系時,即無特別限定,可為單環式也可為多環式。芳香環之碳數,較佳為5~30,更佳為碳數5~20,又更佳為碳數6~15,特佳為碳數6~12。但是該碳數不包含取代基中之碳數者。作為芳香環,具體而言,可列舉苯、萘、蒽、菲等之芳香族烴環;構成前述芳香族烴環之碳原子之一部分,被雜原子取代之芳香族雜環等。芳香族雜環中之雜原子,可列舉氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等。芳香族雜環,具體而言,可列舉吡啶環、噻吩環等。    芳香族烴基,具體而言,可列舉自前述芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環去除2個氫原子而得之基(伸芳基或雜伸芳基);包含自2以上之芳香環的芳香族化合物(例如聯苯、茀等)去除2個氫原子而得之基;自前述芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環去除1個氫原子而得之基(芳基或雜芳基)之氫原子之1個被伸烷基取代之基(例如,苄基、苯乙基、1-萘基甲基、2-萘基甲基、1-萘基乙基、2-萘基乙基等之芳基烷基中之芳基再去除1個氫原子而得之基)等。前述芳基或雜芳基所鍵結之伸烷基之碳數,較佳為1~4,更佳為碳數1~2,特佳為碳數1。・・ Aromatic hydrocarbon group in Ya x1 The aromatic hydrocarbon group is a hydrocarbon group having at least one aromatic ring. When the aromatic ring is a cyclic conjugated system having 4n+2 π electrons, it is not particularly limited, and it may be a monocyclic type or a polycyclic type. The carbon number of the aromatic ring is preferably 5-30, more preferably 5-20, still more preferably 6-15, particularly preferably 6-12. However, the carbon number does not include the carbon number in the substituent. Specific examples of the aromatic ring include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, etc.; aromatic heterocycles in which a part of the carbon atoms constituting the aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring is substituted by heteroatoms, and the like. Examples of the hetero atom in the aromatic heterocyclic ring include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a nitrogen atom. Specific examples of the aromatic heterocyclic ring include a pyridine ring and a thiophene ring. The aromatic hydrocarbon group, specifically, includes a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring (arylene group or heteroarylene group); aromatics containing two or more aromatic rings Group compounds (for example, biphenyl, pyruvate, etc.) obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms; hydrogen of a group (aryl or heteroaryl) obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring One of the atoms is substituted by alkylene (for example, benzyl, phenethyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, 1-naphthylethyl, 2-naphthylethyl, etc. The aryl group in the arylalkyl group is obtained by removing one more hydrogen atom) and so on. The carbon number of the alkylene group to which the aforementioned aryl or heteroaryl group is bonded is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 2 carbons, and particularly preferably 1 carbon.

前述芳香族烴基係該芳香族烴基所具有之氫原子可被取代基取代。例如,当該芳香族烴基中之芳香環所鍵結之氫原子可被取代基取代。該取代基,可列舉例如烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子、鹵化烷基、羥基等。 作為前述取代基之烷基,較佳為碳數1~5之烷基,最佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、n-丁基、tert-丁基。    前述作為取代基之烷氧基、鹵素原子及鹵化烷基,可列舉取代前述環狀之脂肪族烴基所具有之氫原子之取代基所例示者。The aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon group is that the hydrogen atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a substituent. For example, when the hydrogen atom bonded to the aromatic ring in the aromatic hydrocarbon group can be substituted by a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a halogenated alkyl group, and a hydroxyl group. The alkyl group of the aforementioned substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and most preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, and a tert-butyl group.  The aforementioned alkoxy group, halogen atom, and halogenated alkyl group as substituents can be exemplified as substituents that replace the hydrogen atom of the aforementioned cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group.

・包含雜原子之2價之連結基: Yax1 為包含雜原子之2價之連結基時,該連結基較佳者,可列舉-O-、-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-O-、 -C(=O)-NH-、-NH-、-NH-C(=NH)-(H可被烷基、醯基等之取代基取代)、-S-、-S(=O)2 -、-S(=O)2 -O-、通式 -Y21 -O-Y22 -、-Y21 -O-、-Y21 -C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-O-Y21 -、 -[Y21 -C(=O)-O]m” -Y22 -、-Y21 -O-C(=O)-Y22 -或 -Y21 -S(=O)2 -O-Y22 -表示之基[式中,Y21 及Y22 各自獨立為可具有取代基之2價烴基,O為氧原子,m”為0~3之整數]等。 前述包含雜原子之2價之連結基為-C(=O)-NH-、 -C(=O)-NH-C(=O)-、-NH-、-NH-C(=NH)-時,該H可被烷基、醯基等之取代基取代。該取代基(烷基、醯基等),較佳為碳數為1~10,更佳為1~8,特佳為1~5。 通式-Y21 -O-Y22 -、-Y21 -O-、-Y21 -C(=O)-O-、 -C(=O)-O-Y21 -、-[Y21 -C(=O)-O]m” -Y22 -、 -Y21 -O-C(=O)-Y22 -或-Y21 -S(=O)2 -O-Y22 -中,Y21 及Y22 各自獨立為可具有取代基之2價烴基。該2價烴基,可列舉與前述作為2價連結基之說明所列舉(可具有取代基之2價烴基)相同者。 Y21 較佳為直鏈狀之脂肪族烴基,更佳為直鏈狀之伸烷基,又更佳為碳數1~5之直鏈狀之伸烷基,特佳為伸甲基或伸乙基。 Y22 較佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基,更佳為伸甲基、伸乙基或烷基伸甲基。該烷基伸甲基中之烷基,較佳為碳數1~5之直鏈狀之烷基,更佳為碳數1~3之直鏈狀之烷基,最佳為甲基。 式-[Y21 -C(=O)-O]m” -Y22 -表示之基中,m”較佳為0~3之整數,0~2之整數,更佳為0或1,特佳為1。換言之,式 -[Y21 -C(=O)-O]m” -Y22 -表示之基,特佳為式 -Y21 -C(=O)-O-Y22 -表示之基。其中,較佳為式 -(CH2 )a’ -C(=O)-O-(CH2 )b’ -表示之基。該式中,a’較佳為1~10之整數,1~8之整數,更佳為1~5之整數,又更佳為1或2,最佳為1。b’較佳為1~10之整數,1~8之整數,更佳為1~5之整數,又更佳為1或2,最佳為1。・Divalent linking group containing heteroatoms: When Ya x1 is a divalent linking group containing heteroatoms, the linking group is preferred, such as -O-, -C(=O)-O-, -C (=O)-, -OC(=O)-O-, -C(=O)-NH-, -NH-, -NH-C(=NH)-(H can be substituted by alkyl, acyl, etc. substituents), - S -, - S (= O) 2 -, - S (= O) 2 -O-, the formula -Y 21 -OY 22 -, - Y 21 -O -, - Y 21 - C(=O)-O-, -C(=O)-OY 21 -, -[Y 21 -C(=O)-O] m" -Y 22 -, -Y 21 -OC(=O)- Y 22 -or -Y 21 -S(=O) 2 -OY 22 -represents a group [wherein, Y 21 and Y 22 are each independently a divalent hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, O is an oxygen atom, and m" is 0~3 integer] etc. The aforementioned divalent linking group containing heteroatoms is -C(=O)-NH-, -C(=O)-NH-C(=O)-, -NH-, -NH-C(=NH)- When, the H may be substituted by substituents such as alkyl and acyl groups. The substituent (alkyl group, acyl group, etc.) preferably has a carbon number of 1-10, more preferably 1-8, and particularly preferably 1-5. General formula -Y 21 -OY 22 -, -Y 21 -O-, -Y 21 -C(=O)-O-, -C(=O)-OY 21 -, -(Y 21 -C(=O )-O] m” -Y 22 -, -Y 21 -OC(=O)-Y 22 -or -Y 21 -S(=O) 2 -OY 22 -, Y 21 and Y 22 are independently possible A substituted divalent hydrocarbon group. The divalent hydrocarbon group includes the same ones as those listed in the description of the divalent linking group (divalent hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent). Y 21 is preferably a linear aliphatic group The hydrocarbyl group is more preferably a straight-chain alkylene group, and more preferably a straight-chain alkylene group with 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methylidene group or an ethylidene group. Y 22 is preferably a straight-chain alkylene group. Or a branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably a methylidene group, an ethylidene group or an alkylidene group. The alkyl group in the alkylidene group is preferably a straight-chain alkyl group with 1 to 5 carbon atoms , More preferably a straight-chain alkyl group with 1 to 3 carbon atoms, most preferably a methyl group. In the group represented by the formula -[Y 21 -C(=O)-O] m" -Y 22 -, m" It is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, particularly preferably 1. In other words, the formula -[Y 21 -C(=O)-O] m" -Y 22 -represents The base is particularly preferably the base represented by the formula -Y 21 -C(=O)-OY 22 -. Wherein, preferably the formula - (CH 2) a '-C (= O) -O- (CH 2) b' - represents a group of. In this formula, a'is preferably an integer of 1-10, an integer of 1-8, more preferably an integer of 1-5, still more preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 1. b'is preferably an integer from 1 to 10, an integer from 1 to 8, more preferably an integer from 1 to 5, still more preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 1.

Yax1 較佳為單鍵、酯鍵[-C(=O)-O-]、醚鍵 (-O-)、-C(=O)-NH-、直鏈狀或支鏈狀之伸烷基、或此等之組合,特佳為單鍵。Ya x1 is preferably a single bond, an ester bond [-C(=O)-O-], an ether bond (-O-), -C(=O)-NH-, linear or branched alkylene The base, or a combination of these, is particularly preferably a single bond.

前述式(a10-1)中,Wax1 為(nax1 +1)價之芳香族烴基。 Wax1 中之芳香族烴基,可列舉自芳香環去除(nax1 +1)個之氫原子而得之基。在此之芳香環,只要是具有4n+2個π電子之環狀共軛系時,即無特別限定,也可為單環式,也可為多環式。芳香環之碳數,較佳為5~30,更佳為碳數5~20,又更佳為碳數6~15,特佳為碳數6~12。芳香環,具體而言,可列舉苯、萘、蒽、菲等之芳香族烴環;構成前述芳香族烴環之碳原子之一部分,被雜原子取代之芳香族雜環等。芳香族雜環中之雜原子,可列舉氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等。芳香族雜環,具體而言,可列舉吡啶環、噻吩環等。In the aforementioned formula (a10-1), Wa x1 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group of (n ax1 +1) valence. The aromatic hydrocarbon group in Wa x1 may be a group obtained by removing (n ax1 +1) hydrogen atoms from an aromatic ring. The aromatic ring here is not particularly limited as long as it is a cyclic conjugated system having 4n+2 π electrons, and it may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The carbon number of the aromatic ring is preferably 5-30, more preferably 5-20, still more preferably 6-15, particularly preferably 6-12. Specific examples of the aromatic ring include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, and phenanthrene; aromatic heterocycles substituted with heteroatoms as part of the carbon atoms constituting the aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring. Examples of the hetero atom in the aromatic heterocyclic ring include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a nitrogen atom. Specific examples of the aromatic heterocyclic ring include a pyridine ring and a thiophene ring.

前述式(a10-1)中,nax1 較佳為1~3之整數,1或2,更佳為1。In the aforementioned formula (a10-1), n ax1 is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.

以下表示前述通式(a10-1)表示之結構單元的具體例。 下述式中,Rα 表示氫原子、甲基或三氟甲基。Specific examples of the structural unit represented by the aforementioned general formula (a10-1) are shown below. In the following formula, R α represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group.

Figure 02_image003
Figure 02_image003

包含羥基苯乙烯骨架的樹脂,較佳為為羥基苯乙烯或羥基苯乙烯衍生物的聚合物,更佳為羥基苯乙烯之聚合物(聚羥基苯乙烯)。The resin containing a hydroxystyrene skeleton is preferably a polymer of hydroxystyrene or a hydroxystyrene derivative, and more preferably a polymer of hydroxystyrene (polyhydroxystyrene).

[聚碳酸酯多元醇] 聚碳酸酯多元醇,可列舉例如藉由將乙二醇、丙二醇、1,4-丁二醇、1,5-戊二醇、1,6-己二醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、1,9-壬二醇、1,8-壬二醇、新戊二醇、二乙二醇、二丙二醇、1,4-環己二醇、1,4-環己烷二甲醇、雙酚A、或氫化雙酚A等之1種或2種以上的乙二醇與二甲基碳酸酯、二苯基碳酸酯、碳酸乙烯酯、光氣等所得的聚碳酸酯多元醇。[Polycarbonate Polyol] Polycarbonate polyols can be exemplified by adding ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl-1,5 -Pentylene glycol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,8-nonanediol, neopentyl glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexane Polycarbonate polycarbonate obtained from one or more of ethylene glycol such as dimethanol, bisphenol A, or hydrogenated bisphenol A, and dimethyl carbonate, diphenyl carbonate, ethylene carbonate, phosgene, etc. alcohol.

其中,聚碳酸酯多元醇,較佳為下述通式(PC-1)表示之聚碳酸酯二醇。Among them, the polycarbonate polyol is preferably a polycarbonate diol represented by the following general formula (PC-1).

Figure 02_image005
[式中,Rp1 及Rp2 各自獨立為2價烴基。np為2以上之整數]。
Figure 02_image005
[In the formula, Rp 1 and Rp 2 are each independently a divalent hydrocarbon group. np is an integer of 2 or more].

前述通式(PC-1)中,Rp1 及Rp2 各自獨立為2價烴基。前述2價烴基以為芳香族烴基,也可為脂肪族烴基。前述2價烴基,可列舉與上述通式(a10-1)的Yax1 中所列舉者相同者。Rp1 及Rp2 中之2價烴基,較佳為脂肪族烴基,更佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的伸烷基。前述2價烴基較佳為碳數1~10,更佳為碳數3~8,又更佳為為碳數4~6。Rp1 及Rp2 的具體例,可列舉-(CH2 )6 -、或-(CH2 )5 -。In the aforementioned general formula (PC-1), Rp 1 and Rp 2 are each independently a divalent hydrocarbon group. The aforementioned divalent hydrocarbon group is an aromatic hydrocarbon group, but may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the aforementioned divalent hydrocarbon group include the same ones as those exemplified in Ya x1 of the general formula (a10-1). The divalent hydrocarbon group in Rp 1 and Rp 2 is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably a linear or branched alkylene group. The aforementioned divalent hydrocarbon group preferably has a carbon number of 1 to 10, more preferably a carbon number of 3 to 8, and still more preferably a carbon number of 4 to 6. Specific examples of Rp 1 and Rp 2 include -(CH 2 ) 6 -or -(CH 2 ) 5 -.

聚碳酸酯多元醇的重量平均分子量(Mw),較佳為500~5000,更佳為500~3000,又更佳為500~ 2000,特佳為500~1000。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polycarbonate polyol is preferably 500-5000, more preferably 500-3000, still more preferably 500-2000, particularly preferably 500-1000.

[其他的多元醇] 聚酯多元醇,可列舉例如使對苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、己二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸等二元酸或彼等之二烷基酯或彼等之混合物與例如乙二醇、丙二醇、二乙二醇、丁二醇、新戊二醇、1,6-己二醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、3,3’-二羥甲基庚烷、聚氧乙烯乙二醇、聚氧丙二醇、聚四亞甲醚乙二醇等之乙二醇類或彼等之混合物反應所得的聚酯多元醇、或聚己內酯、聚戊內酯、聚(β-甲基-γ-戊內酯)等之內酯類進行開環聚合所得之聚酯多元醇。[Other polyols] Polyester polyols include, for example, dibasic acids such as terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, and sebacic acid, or their dialkyl esters or their mixtures, and, for example, ethyl Glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, butylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 3,3'-dimethylolheptane Polyethylene glycol, polyoxyethylene glycol, polyoxypropylene glycol, polytetramethylene ether glycol and other glycols or polyester polyols obtained by the reaction of their mixtures, or polycaprolactone, polyvalerolactone , Poly(β-methyl-γ-valerolactone) and other lactones are polyester polyols obtained by ring-opening polymerization.

聚醚多元醇,可列舉例如將環氧乙烷、環氧丙烷、環氧丁烷烯、四氫呋喃等之環氧乙烷化合物,例如以水、乙二醇、丙二醇、三羥甲基丙烷、丙三醇等之低分量多元醇作為起始劑進行聚合所得的聚醚多元醇。Polyether polyols include, for example, ethylene oxide compounds such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide, and tetrahydrofuran, such as water, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, trimethylolpropane, and propylene oxide. Polyether polyols obtained by polymerization with low-weight polyols such as triols as initiators.

聚醚酯多元醇,可列舉例如使對苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、己二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸等之二元酸或彼等之二烷基酯或彼等之混合物與上述聚醚多元醇反應所得的聚醚酯多元醇。Polyether ester polyols include, for example, dibasic acids such as terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, or their dialkyl esters or their mixtures The polyether ester polyol obtained by the reaction of the above-mentioned polyether polyol.

聚酯醯胺多元醇,上述酯化反應時,可列舉例如以乙二胺、丙二胺、己二胺等之具有胺基的脂肪族二胺作為原料一起使用所得的聚酯醯胺多元醇。Polyester amide polyol. In the above-mentioned esterification reaction, for example, aliphatic diamine having an amine group such as ethylene diamine, propylene diamine, hexamethylene diamine, etc., is used together as a raw material to obtain a polyester amide polyol. .

丙烯酸多元醇,可列舉藉由將1分子中含有1個以上之羥基的丙烯酸羥基乙酯、丙烯酸羥基丙酯、丙烯酸羥基丁酯等或與此等對應之甲基丙烯酸衍生物等與例如丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸或其酯進行共聚所得的聚酯醯胺多元醇。Acrylic polyols can be exemplified by combining hydroxyethyl acrylate, hydroxypropyl acrylate, hydroxybutyl acrylate, etc. or their corresponding methacrylic acid derivatives with, for example, acrylic acid, Polyesteramide polyol obtained by copolymerizing methacrylic acid or its ester.

聚羥基烷烴,可列舉丁二烯或丁二烯與丙烯醯胺等進行共聚所得的液狀橡膠。Examples of the polyhydroxyalkane include liquid rubber obtained by copolymerizing butadiene or butadiene with acrylamide.

聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇係1分子中具有1個以上之胺基甲酸酯鍵的多元醇,可列舉例如數平均分子量200~20,000之聚醚多元醇、聚酯多元醇、聚醚酯多元醇等與聚異氰酸酯,以較佳為NCO/OH為未達1,更佳為0.9以下進行反應所得的聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇。Polyurethane polyols are polyols having more than one urethane bond in one molecule. Examples include polyether polyols, polyester polyols, and polyether esters with a number average molecular weight of 200 to 20,000. A polyurethane polyol obtained by reacting a polyol and the like with a polyisocyanate preferably has an NCO/OH of less than 1, more preferably 0.9 or less.

植物油系多元醇,可列舉蓖麻油、蓖麻油改性多元醇、二聚酸改性多元醇、及大豆油改性多元醇等。其中,植物油系多元醇,較佳為蓖麻油改性多元醇,更佳為蓖麻油改性二醇。The vegetable oil-based polyol includes castor oil, castor oil-modified polyol, dimer acid-modified polyol, and soybean oil-modified polyol. Among them, the vegetable oil-based polyol is preferably castor oil-modified polyol, more preferably castor oil-modified diol.

上述之中,(O)成分較佳為酚樹脂,或含有羥基苯乙烯骨架的樹脂,更佳為酚醛清漆樹脂或含有羥基苯乙烯骨架的樹脂,又更佳為羥基苯乙烯或羥基苯乙烯衍生物的聚合物,特佳為聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂。Among the above, the component (O) is preferably a phenol resin or a resin containing a hydroxystyrene skeleton, more preferably a novolak resin or a resin containing a hydroxystyrene skeleton, and still more preferably a hydroxystyrene or a hydroxystyrene derivative The polymer of the material is particularly preferably polyhydroxystyrene resin.

(O)成分可單獨使用1種,也可併用2種以上。 接著劑組成物(a)中之(O)成分的含量係相對於接著劑組成物(a)之總質量(100質量%),較佳為50~90質量%,更佳為50~85質量%,又更佳為60~85質量%。(O)成分之含量在上述下限值以上時,接著劑組成物(a)的硬化性變得良好。(I)成分之含量在上述上限值以下時,變得容易與其他的成分取得平衡。(O) A component may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. The content of the (O) component in the adhesive composition (a) is relative to the total mass (100 mass%) of the adhesive composition (a), preferably 50 to 90 mass%, more preferably 50 to 85 mass %, and more preferably 60-85% by mass. When the content of the component (O) is at least the above lower limit, the curability of the adhesive composition (a) becomes good. (I) When the content of the component is below the above upper limit, it becomes easy to balance with other components.

接著劑組成物(a)所含有(O)成分中之羥基 (-OH)對(I)成分中之異氰酸酯基(-NCO)之莫耳比(NCO/OH),較佳為0.1~1,更佳為0.3~0.7。 接著劑組成物(a)中,(I)成分與(O)成分之含量的質量比,較佳為((I):(O))=1:10~10:1的範圍,更佳為2:8~8:2,又更佳為2:8~5:5。The hydroxyl group in the component (O) contained in the adhesive composition (a) The molar ratio (NCO/OH) of (-OH) to the isocyanate group (-NCO) in component (I) is preferably 0.1 to 1, more preferably 0.3 to 0.7. In the adhesive composition (a), the mass ratio of the content of the (I) component and the (O) component is preferably in the range of ((I):(O))=1:10~10:1, more preferably 2:8~8:2, and more preferably 2:8~5:5.

<接著劑組成物(b)> 接著劑組成物(b)含有光吸收劑、包含聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵之胺基甲酸酯樹脂、及聚合起始劑。接著劑組成物(b)係藉由加熱等,包含聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵之胺基甲酸酯樹脂進行聚合、交聯。藉此,接著劑組成物層進行硬化,形成暫時接著支撐體及半導體基板等的接著層。此外,對接著層照射雷射光等之光時,光吸收劑吸收光,接著層產生變質。藉此,可分離支撐體與半導體基板等。此外,附著於半導體基板等之接著層的殘渣,可藉由以酸或鹼分解胺基甲酸酯鍵而去除。<Adhesive composition (b)> The adhesive composition (b) contains a light absorber, a urethane resin containing a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond, and a polymerization initiator. The adhesive composition (b) is heated or the like to polymerize and crosslink a urethane resin containing a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond. Thereby, the adhesive composition layer is cured, and an adhesive layer for temporarily bonding the support, the semiconductor substrate, etc., is formed. In addition, when the adhesive layer is irradiated with light such as laser light, the light absorber absorbs the light, and the adhesive layer is deteriorated. Thereby, the support body and the semiconductor substrate, etc. can be separated. In addition, the residue attached to the adhesive layer of the semiconductor substrate or the like can be removed by decomposing the urethane bond with acid or alkali.

≪光吸收劑:(B)成分≫ 接著劑組成物(b)含有光吸收劑((B)成分)。作為(B)成分,可列舉與前述接著劑組成物(a)相同者。又,(B)成分可含有吸收波長300~800nm之範圍內之至少一部分的光,且包含聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵的化合物(B1)(以下也稱為「(B1)成分」)。≪Light absorber: (B) component≫ The adhesive composition (b) contains a light absorber ((B) component). As the (B) component, the same thing as the said adhesive composition (a) is mentioned. In addition, the (B) component may contain a compound (B1) that absorbs at least a part of light in the range of 300 to 800 nm in wavelength and contains a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond (hereinafter also referred to as "(B1) component").

・(B1)成分 (B1)成分係吸收波長300~800nm之範圍內之至少一部分的光,且包含聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵的化合物。又,(B1)成分為不相當於後述(P1)成分的化合物。・(B1) Ingredients (B1) The component is a compound that absorbs at least a part of light in the range of 300 to 800 nm in wavelength and contains a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond. In addition, the component (B1) is a compound that does not correspond to the component (P1) described later.

(B1)成分係包含聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵,故與後述包含聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵之胺基甲酸酯樹脂(P1)(以下也稱為「(P1)成分」)反應進行硬化,可與(P1)成分一同形成接著層。藉此,可暫時接著半導體基板或電子裝置與支撐體。又,(B1)成分係吸收波長300~800nm之範圍內之至少一部分的光,故藉由將波長300~800nm之範圍的光照射於接著層,(B1)成分吸收光,而發熱。藉此,可使接著層變質。The component (B1) contains a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond, so it reacts with the urethane resin (P1) (hereinafter also referred to as "(P1) component") containing a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond described later It is cured to form an adhesive layer together with the component (P1). Thereby, the semiconductor substrate or electronic device and the support body can be temporarily bonded. In addition, the component (B1) absorbs at least a part of the light in the range of 300 to 800 nm. Therefore, by irradiating the light in the range of 300 to 800 nm to the adhesive layer, the component (B1) absorbs the light and generates heat. Thereby, the adhesive layer can be deteriorated.

(B1)成分係作為吸收波長300~800nm之光的光吸收劑產生作用。(B1)成分係吸收波長300~800nm之範圍內的光,可變換成接著層可變質程度的熱能量。(B1)成分,較佳為可吸收300~700之波長範圍之光者,更佳為可吸收300~600nm之波長範圍之光者,又更佳為可吸收300~550nm之波長範圍之光者,特佳為可吸收300~400nm之波長範圍之光者。(B1)成分,較佳為在前述波長範圍具有吸收波峰。(B1)成分係依據支撐體與半導體基板等之分離時所使用之光的波長,可使用可吸收該波長之光者。(B1)成分可列舉例如吸收波長355nm之光,變換成熱能量,可使接著層變質者。The component (B1) acts as a light absorber that absorbs light with a wavelength of 300 to 800 nm. (B1) The component absorbs light in the wavelength range of 300 to 800 nm, and can be converted into thermal energy that can change the quality of the adhesive layer. The component (B1) is preferably one that can absorb light in the wavelength range of 300 to 700, more preferably one that can absorb light in the wavelength range of 300 to 600 nm, and even more preferably one that can absorb light in the wavelength range of 300 to 550 nm , Especially preferred are those that can absorb light in the wavelength range of 300~400nm. The component (B1) preferably has an absorption peak in the aforementioned wavelength range. (B1) The component depends on the wavelength of the light used when separating the support from the semiconductor substrate, etc., and one that can absorb light of that wavelength can be used. The component (B1) includes, for example, a component that absorbs light with a wavelength of 355 nm and converts it into thermal energy, which can change the quality of the adhesive layer.

化合物(B1)所含有之聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵,無特別限定,較佳為自由基聚合性。聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵,可列舉例如聚合性碳-碳雙鍵、及聚合性碳-碳三鍵。聚合性碳-碳雙鍵,可列舉例如乙烯基、甲基丙烯醯基、及丙烯醯基等,但是不限定於此等。聚合性碳-碳三鍵,可列舉例如乙炔基、及炔丙基等,但是不限定於此等。The polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond contained in the compound (B1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably radical polymerizable. The polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond includes, for example, a polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond and a polymerizable carbon-carbon triple bond. The polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond includes, for example, a vinyl group, a methacryl group, and an acrylic group, but it is not limited to these. The polymerizable carbon-carbon triple bond includes, for example, an ethynyl group and a propargyl group, but it is not limited to these.

化合物(B1)可列舉例如下述通式(b1)表示者。Examples of the compound (B1) include those represented by the following general formula (b1).

Figure 02_image007
[式中,W為包含聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵之1價基;Y為單鍵、或選自由-O-、-CO-、-COO-、及-CONH-所構成群組之2價之連結基;n為1~6之整數;X係具有其結構中具有芳香族性之縮合環骨架、二苯甲酮骨架、二苯甲醯基甲烷骨架、二苯甲醯基苯骨架、或苯并三唑骨架之n價的原子團。n為2以上時,複數存在之W及Y彼此可相同或相異]。
Figure 02_image007
[In the formula, W is a monovalent group containing a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond; Y is a single bond, or 2 selected from the group consisting of -O-, -CO-, -COO-, and -CONH- Valence linking group; n is an integer from 1 to 6; X has an aromatic condensed ring skeleton, a benzophenone skeleton, a benzophenacylmethane skeleton, a benzophenacylbenzene skeleton, Or the n-valent atomic group of the benzotriazole skeleton. When n is 2 or more, W and Y in plural may be the same or different from each other].

通式(b1)中,W為包含聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵之含聚合性基之基。W所含有的聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵,可列舉例如聚合性碳-碳雙鍵、及聚合性碳-碳三鍵。W可列舉例如烯基及炔基等。前述烯基,較佳為碳數2~10,更佳為碳數2~6,又更佳為碳數2或3。烯基之具體例,可列舉例如乙烯基、異丙烯基等。前述炔基,例如較佳為碳數2~6,更佳為碳數2或3,又更佳為、碳數2。炔基之具體例,可列舉例如乙炔基、1-丙炔基等。In the general formula (b1), W is a polymerizable group-containing group containing a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond. The polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond contained in W includes, for example, a polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond and a polymerizable carbon-carbon triple bond. Examples of W include alkenyl and alkynyl. The aforementioned alkenyl group preferably has a carbon number of 2-10, more preferably a carbon number of 2-6, and still more preferably a carbon number of 2 or 3. Specific examples of the alkenyl group include, for example, a vinyl group and an isopropenyl group. The aforementioned alkynyl group preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the alkynyl group include, for example, an ethynyl group and a 1-propynyl group.

通式(b1)中,Y為單鍵、或選自由-O-、 -CO-、-COO-、及-CONH-所構成群組之2價之連結基。其中,Y,較佳為單鍵、-COO-、或ーCONH-,更佳為單鍵或-CONH-。In the general formula (b1), Y is a single bond, or selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, and -CONH- constitute a group of divalent linking bases. Among them, Y is preferably a single bond, -COO-, or {CONH-, and more preferably a single bond or -CONH-.

通式(b1)中,n為1~6之整數。n較佳為1~5,更佳為1~3,又更佳為1或2,特佳為1。n為2以上時,複數存在之W,彼此可相同或相異,但是相同較佳。n為2以上時,複數存在之Y,彼此可相同或相異,但是相同較佳。In the general formula (b1), n is an integer of 1 to 6. n is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, still more preferably 1 or 2, particularly preferably 1. When n is 2 or more, W in plural numbers may be the same or different from each other, but the same is preferred. When n is 2 or more, the plural Ys may be the same or different from each other, but the same is preferred.

通式(b1)中,X係其結構中具有含有芳香族性之縮合環骨架、二苯甲酮骨架、二苯甲醯基甲烷骨架、二苯甲醯基苯骨架、或苯并三唑骨架之n價的原子團。In the general formula (b1), X has an aromatic condensed ring skeleton, a benzophenone skeleton, a benzophenone skeleton, a benzophenacylbenzene skeleton, or a benzotriazole skeleton in its structure. The n-valent atomic group.

[具有含有芳香族性之縮合環骨架之n價的原子團] 具有芳香族性之縮合環骨架係包含具有至少1個芳香環的縮合環。前述芳香環,只要是具有4n+2個π電子之環狀共軛系時,即無特別限定,可為芳香族烴環,也可為芳香族雜環。縮合環中之芳香環之數,較佳為2~10,更佳為2~6,又更佳為2~4,特佳為2或3。縮合環可僅以芳香環所構成,也可為芳香環與脂肪族烴環之縮合環,但是較佳為僅以芳香環所構成的縮合環。縮合環之具體例,可列舉例如萘、蒽、菲、芘等。此等之中,較佳為蒽或菲。[N-valent atomic group with aromatic condensed ring skeleton] The aromatic condensed ring skeleton system includes a condensed ring having at least one aromatic ring. The aforementioned aromatic ring is not particularly limited as long as it is a cyclic conjugated system having 4n+2 π electrons, and may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring. The number of aromatic rings in the condensed ring is preferably 2-10, more preferably 2-6, still more preferably 2-4, particularly preferably 2 or 3. The condensed ring may be composed of only an aromatic ring or may be a condensed ring of an aromatic ring and an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, but it is preferably a condensed ring composed of only an aromatic ring. Specific examples of the condensed ring include naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, and pyrene. Among these, anthracene or phenanthrene is preferred.

含有具有芳香族性之縮合環骨架之X,可列舉下述通式(Xa-1)或(Xa-2)表示者。通式(Xa-1)表示之X為具有蒽骨架之原子團,通式(Xa-2)表示之X為具有菲骨架之原子團。Examples of X containing a condensed ring skeleton having aromaticity include those represented by the following general formula (Xa-1) or (Xa-2). X represented by the general formula (Xa-1) is an atomic group with an anthracene skeleton, and X represented by the general formula (Xa-2) is an atomic group with a phenanthrene skeleton.

Figure 02_image009
[式中,La1 及La2 各自獨立表示單鍵或2價之連結基,Ra1 及Ra2 各自獨立表示取代基。n係與前述式(b1)中之n相同者。m表示0~9之整數,m+n≦10。n為2以上時,複數存在之La1 及La2 彼此可相同或相異。m為2以上時,複數存在之Ra1 及Ra2 彼此可相同或相異。*為通式(b1)中與Y鍵結的鍵結鍵]。
Figure 02_image009
[In the formula, La1 and La2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group, and Ra1 and Ra2 each independently represent a substituent. n is the same as n in the aforementioned formula (b1). m represents an integer of 0-9, m+n≦10. n is 2 or more, L a1 and L a2 may be the same or presence of a plurality of different from each other. When m is 2 or more, Ra1 and Ra2 existing in plural may be the same or different from each other. * Is the bonding bond to Y in the general formula (b1)].

通式(Xa-1)及(Xa-2)中,La1 及La2 各自獨立表示單鍵或2價之連結基。前述2價之連結基,可列舉可具有取代基之烴基。前述烴基可為脂肪烴基,也可為芳香族烴基。 前述脂肪族烴基可為飽和,也可為不飽和,但是較佳為飽和。前述脂肪族烴基,可為直鏈狀,也可為支鏈狀,也可為結構中含有環者。直鏈狀脂肪族烴基,較佳為碳數1~10,更佳為碳數1~6,又更佳為碳數1~3。支鏈狀脂肪族烴基,較佳為碳數2~10,更佳為碳數2~6,又更佳為碳數2或3。含有環結構的脂肪族烴基,較佳為碳數3~10,更佳為碳數3~6。 前述脂肪族烴基可具有取代基。前述取代基可為取代氫原子者,也可為取代碳鏈中之伸甲基(-CH2 -)者。取代氫原子之取代基,可列舉例如羥基、胺基、烷氧基、鹵素原子、羧基、氰基等,較佳為羥基或胺基。取代碳鏈中之伸甲基(-CH2 -)之取代基,可列舉例如-O-、-CO-、-NH-、 -COO-、-CONH-等。In the general formulas (Xa-1) and (Xa-2), La1 and La2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. The aforementioned divalent linking group includes a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. The aforementioned hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The aforementioned aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be saturated or unsaturated, but is preferably saturated. The aforementioned aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear or branched, or may contain a ring in the structure. The linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group preferably has a carbon number of 1 to 10, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 6, and still more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 3. The branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group preferably has a carbon number of 2-10, more preferably a carbon number of 2-6, and still more preferably a carbon number of 2 or 3. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a ring structure preferably has 3 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 6 carbon atoms. The aforementioned aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. The aforementioned substituent may be one that replaces a hydrogen atom, or one that replaces a methylidene group (-CH 2 -) in the carbon chain. Examples of the substituent substituting the hydrogen atom include a hydroxyl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, etc., and a hydroxyl group or an amino group is preferred. Examples of the substituents that replace the methylidene (-CH 2 -) in the carbon chain include -O-, -CO-, -NH-, -COO-, -CONH-, and the like.

前述芳香族烴基係包含至少1個芳香環的烴基。前述芳香族烴基所含有之芳香環,可為單環,也可為多環。前述芳香環,可為芳香族烴環,也可為芳香族雜環。芳香族烴基所含有之芳香環之數,無特別限定,較佳為1~3個,更佳為1或2個。芳香族烴基,也可為連結有芳香環與脂肪族烴基之基。 前述芳香族烴基可具有取代基。前述取代基可為取代芳香環之氫原子者,也可為以雜原子取代構成芳香環之環的碳原子者。取代氫原子之取代基,可列舉例如羥基、胺基、烷氧基、鹵素原子、羧基、氰基等,較佳為羥基或胺基。取代芳香環之環的雜原子,可列舉氮原子、氧原子、硫原子等,較佳為氮原子。The aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon group is a hydrocarbon group containing at least one aromatic ring. The aromatic ring contained in the aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The aforementioned aromatic ring may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring. The number of aromatic rings contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2. The aromatic hydrocarbon group may be a group to which an aromatic ring and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group are connected. The aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. The aforementioned substituent may be substituted for the hydrogen atom of the aromatic ring, or substituted for the carbon atom of the ring constituting the aromatic ring with a hetero atom. Examples of the substituent substituting the hydrogen atom include a hydroxyl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, etc., and a hydroxyl group or an amino group is preferred. The heteroatom substituted for the ring of the aromatic ring includes a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, etc., and a nitrogen atom is preferred.

通式(Xa-1)及(Xa-2)中,Ra1 及Ra2 各自獨立表示取代基。Ra1 及Ra2 ,可列舉例如、烷基、羥基、胺基、烷氧基、鹵素原子、羧基、氰基、腈基、腈烷基、脂環式基等。前述烷基、烷氧基、腈烷基,較佳為碳數1~5,更佳為碳數1~3。前述脂環式基,較佳為碳數1~6。腈烷基,可列舉例如丙二腈基。脂環式基可為脂環式烴環,也可為脂環式雜環。脂環式雜環,可列舉包含硫原子、氮原子、或氧原子者。脂環式雜環之具體例,可列舉二硫戊環(dithiolane)。In general formulas (Xa-1) and (Xa-2), R a1 and R a2 each independently represent a substituent. R a1 and R a2 include, for example, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitrile group, a nitrile alkyl group, an alicyclic group, and the like. The aforementioned alkyl group, alkoxy group, and nitrile alkyl group preferably have 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably have 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The aforementioned alicyclic group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The nitrile alkyl group includes, for example, a malononitrile group. The alicyclic group may be an alicyclic hydrocarbon ring or an alicyclic heterocyclic ring. Examples of the alicyclic heterocyclic ring include those containing a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, or an oxygen atom. Specific examples of the alicyclic heterocycle include dithiolane.

通式(Xa-1)及(Xa-2)中,m表示0~9之整數。m較佳為0~6,更佳為0~5,又更佳為0~3,特佳為0~2。 通式(Xa-1)及(Xa-2)中,n係與前述式(b1)中之n相同者。 m及n係具有m+n≦10的關係。In general formulas (Xa-1) and (Xa-2), m represents an integer of 0-9. m is preferably 0-6, more preferably 0-5, still more preferably 0-3, particularly preferably 0-2. In general formulas (Xa-1) and (Xa-2), n is the same as n in the aforementioned formula (b1). m and n have a relationship of m+n≦10.

[具有二苯甲酮骨架之n價之原子團] 具有二苯甲酮骨架之X,可列舉下述通式(Xb)表示者。[N-valent atomic group with benzophenone skeleton] Examples of X having a benzophenone skeleton include those represented by the following general formula (Xb).

Figure 02_image011
[式中,Lb1 及Lb2 各自獨立表示單鍵或2價之連結基,Rb1 及Rb2 各自獨立表示取代基。p及q各自獨立表示0~5之整數,p+q=n。n係與前述式(b1)中之n相同者。m1及m2各自獨立表示0~5之整數,m1+p≦5、m2+q≦5。p為2以上時,複數存在之Lb1 彼此可相同或相異。q為2以上時,複數存在之Lb2 彼此可相同或相異。m1為2以上時,複數存在之Rb1 彼此可相同或相異。m2為2以上時,複數存在之Rb2 彼此可相同或相異。*係鍵結於通式(b1)中之Y的鍵結鍵]。
Figure 02_image011
[In the formula, L b1 and L b2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R b1 and R b2 each independently represent a substituent. p and q each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5, and p+q=n. n is the same as n in the aforementioned formula (b1). m1 and m2 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5, m1+p≦5, m2+q≦5. When p is 2 or more, L b1 existing in plural may be the same or different from each other. When q is 2 or more, L b2 existing in plural may be the same or different from each other. When m1 is 2 or more, the plural R b1 may be the same or different from each other. When m2 is 2 or more, R b2 existing in plural may be the same or different from each other. *It is the bonding bond of Y in the general formula (b1)].

通式(Xb)中,Lb1 及Lb2 各自獨立表示單鍵或2價之連結基。前述2價之連結基,可列舉與前述式(Xa-1)及(Xa-2)中之La1 及La2 所列舉者相同者。Lb1 及Lb2 ,較佳為單鍵或可具有取代基之脂肪族烴基,更佳為單鍵或可具有取代基之烷基。可具有取代基之烷基,較佳為碳數1~5,更佳為碳數1~3。可具有取代基之烷基,較佳為烷基、或構成碳鏈之伸甲基(-CH2 -)之一部分被-O-、-CO-、-NH-、-COO-、-CONH-取代的烷基。In the general formula (Xb), L b1 and L b2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. Of the divalent linking group, and include (Xa-1) and (Xa-2) in the preceding formula L a1 and L are the same as those enumerated A2. L b1 and L b2 are preferably a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, and more preferably a single bond or an alkyl group that may have a substituent. The alkyl group which may have a substituent preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably has 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an alkyl group, or a part of the methylidene group (-CH 2 -) constituting the carbon chain is -O-, -CO-, -NH-, -COO-, -CONH- Substituted alkyl.

通式(Xb)中,Rb1 及Rb2 各自獨立表示取代基。Rb1 及Rb2 可列舉與前述式(Xa-1)及(Xa-2)中之Ra1 及Ra2 所列舉者相同者。In the general formula (Xb), R b1 and R b2 each independently represent a substituent. Examples of R b1 and R b2 are the same as those exemplified in R a1 and R a2 in the aforementioned formulas (Xa-1) and (Xa-2).

通式(Xb)中,p及q各自獨立表示0~5之整數,p+q=n。前述n係與前述式(b1)中之n相同者。 通式(Xb)中,m1及m2各自獨立表示0~5之整數,m1+p≦5、m2+q≦5。m1及m2,較佳為0~3,更佳為0~2,又更佳為0或1。In the general formula (Xb), p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, and p+q=n. The aforementioned n is the same as n in the aforementioned formula (b1). In the general formula (Xb), m1 and m2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, and m1+p≦5, m2+q≦5. m1 and m2 are preferably 0-3, more preferably 0-2, and still more preferably 0 or 1.

[具有二苯甲醯基甲烷骨架之n價之原子團] 具有二苯甲醯基甲烷骨架之X,可列舉下述通式(Xc)表示者。[N-valent atomic group with the framework of dibenzoylmethane] Examples of X having a dityl methane skeleton include those represented by the following general formula (Xc).

Figure 02_image013
[式中,Lc1 及Lc2 各自獨立表示單鍵或2價之連結基,Rc1 及Rc2 各自獨立表示取代基。p及q各自獨立表示0~5之整數,p+q=n。n係與前述式(b1)中之n相同者。m1及m2各自獨立表示0~5之整數,m1+p≦5、m2+q≦5。p為2以上時,複數存在之Lc1 彼此可相同或相異。q為2以上時,複數存在之Lc2 彼此可相同或相異。m1為2以上時,複數存在之Rc1 彼此可相同或相異。m2為2以上時,複數存在之Rc2 彼此可相同或相異。*係鍵結於通式(b1)中之Y的鍵結鍵]。
Figure 02_image013
[In the formula, L c1 and L c2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R c1 and R c2 each independently represent a substituent. p and q each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5, and p+q=n. n is the same as n in the aforementioned formula (b1). m1 and m2 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5, m1+p≦5, m2+q≦5. When p is 2 or more, L c1 existing in plural may be the same or different from each other. When q is 2 or more, L c2 existing in plural may be the same or different from each other. When m1 is 2 or more, R c1 existing in plural may be the same or different from each other. When m2 is 2 or more, R c2 existing in plural may be the same or different from each other. *It is the bonding bond of Y in the general formula (b1)].

通式(Xc)中,Lc1 及Lc2 各自獨立表示單鍵或2價之連結基。前述2價之連結基,可列舉與前述式(Xa-1)及(Xa-2)中之La1 及La2 所列舉者相同者。Lc1 及Lc2 ,較佳為單鍵或可具有取代基之脂肪族烴基,更佳為單鍵或可具有取代基之烷基。可具有取代基之烷基,較佳為碳數1~5,更佳為碳數1~3。可具有取代基之烷基,較佳為烷基、或構成碳鏈之伸甲基(-CH2 -)之一部分被-O-、-CO-、-NH-、-COO-、-CONH-取代的烷基。In the general formula (Xc), L c1 and L c2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. Of the divalent linking group, and include (Xa-1) and (Xa-2) in the preceding formula L a1 and L are the same as those enumerated A2. L c1 and L c2 are preferably a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, and more preferably a single bond or an alkyl group that may have a substituent. The alkyl group which may have a substituent preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably has 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an alkyl group, or a part of the methylidene group (-CH 2 -) constituting the carbon chain is -O-, -CO-, -NH-, -COO-, -CONH- Substituted alkyl.

通式(Xc)中,Rc1 及Rc2 各自獨立表示取代基。Rc1 及Rc2 ,可列舉與前述式(Xa-1)及(Xa-2)中之Ra1 及Ra2 所列舉者相同者。In the general formula (Xc), R c1 and R c2 each independently represent a substituent. R c1 and R c2 may be the same as those exemplified in R a1 and R a2 in the aforementioned formulas (Xa-1) and (Xa-2).

通式(Xc)中,p及q各自獨立表示0~5之整數,p+q=n。前述n係與前述式(b1)中之n相同者。 通式(Xc)中,m1及m2各自獨立表示0~5之整數,m1+p≦5、m2+q≦5。m1及m2,較佳為0~3,更佳為0~2,又更佳為0或1。In the general formula (Xc), p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, and p+q=n. The aforementioned n is the same as n in the aforementioned formula (b1). In the general formula (Xc), m1 and m2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, and m1+p≦5, m2+q≦5. m1 and m2 are preferably 0-3, more preferably 0-2, and still more preferably 0 or 1.

[具有二苯甲醯基苯骨架之n價之原子團] 具有二苯甲醯基苯骨架之X,可列舉下述通式(Xd)表示者。[N-valent atomic group with dibenzylbenzene skeleton] Examples of X having a ditylbenzene skeleton include those represented by the following general formula (Xd).

Figure 02_image015
[式中,Ld1 、Ld2 及Ld3 各自獨立表示單鍵或2價之連結基,Rd1 、Rd2 及Rd3 各自獨立表示取代基。p及q各自獨立表示0~5之整數,r表示0~4之整數,p+q+r=n。n係與前述式(b1)中之n相同者。m1及m2各自獨立表示0~5之整數,m3表示1~4之整數,m1+p≦5、m2+q≦5、m3+r=4。p為2以上時,複數存在之Ld1 彼此可相同或相異。q為2以上時,複數存在之Ld2 彼此可相同或相異。r為2以上時,複數存在之Ld3 彼此可相同或相異。m1為2以上時,複數存在之Rd1 彼此可相同或相異。m2為2以上時,複數存在之Rd2 彼此可相同或相異。m3為2以上時,複數存在之Rd3 彼此可相同或相異。*係鍵結於通式(b1)中之Y的鍵結鍵]。
Figure 02_image015
[In the formula, L d1, L d2 and L d3 each independently represent the single bond or a divalent linking group, R d1, R d2 and R d3 each independently represent a substituent. p and q each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5, r represents an integer from 0 to 4, and p+q+r=n. n is the same as n in the aforementioned formula (b1). m1 and m2 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5, m3 represents an integer from 1 to 4, m1+p≦5, m2+q≦5, m3+r=4. When p is 2 or more, L d1 existing in plural may be the same or different from each other. When q is 2 or more, L d2 existing in plural may be the same or different from each other. When r is 2 or more, L d3 in plurals may be the same or different from each other. When m1 is 2 or more, the plural R d1 may be the same or different from each other. When m2 is 2 or more, the plural R d2 may be the same or different from each other. When m3 is 2 or more, the plural R d3 may be the same or different from each other. *It is the bonding bond of Y in the general formula (b1)].

通式(Xd)中,Ld1 、Ld2 及Ld3 各自獨立表示單鍵或2價之連結基。前述2價之連結基,可列舉與前述式(Xa-1)及(Xa-2)中之La1 及La2 所列舉者相同者。Ld1 、Ld2 及Ld3 ,較佳為單鍵或可具有取代基之脂肪族烴基,較佳為單鍵或可具有取代基之烷基。可具有取代基之烷基,較佳為碳數1~5,更佳為碳數1~3。可具有取代基之烷基,較佳為烷基、或構成碳鏈之伸甲基(-CH2 -)之一部分被 -O-、-CO-、-NH-、-COO-、-CONH-取代的烷基。In the general formula (Xd), L d1 , L d2 and L d3 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. Of the divalent linking group, and include (Xa-1) and (Xa-2) in the preceding formula L a1 and L are the same as those enumerated A2. L d1 , L d2 and L d3 are preferably a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, and preferably a single bond or an alkyl group that may have a substituent. The alkyl group which may have a substituent preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably has 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an alkyl group, or a part of the methylidene group (-CH 2 -) constituting the carbon chain is -O-, -CO-, -NH-, -COO-, -CONH- Substituted alkyl.

通式(Xd)中,Rd1 、Rd2 及Rd3 各自獨立表示取代基。Rd1 、Rd2 及Rd3 ,可列舉與前述式(Xa-1)及(Xa-2)中之Ra1 及Ra2 所列舉者相同者。In the general formula (Xd), R d1, R d2 and R d3 each independently represent a substituent. R d1 , R d2 and R d3 may be the same as those exemplified in R a1 and R a2 in the aforementioned formulas (Xa-1) and (Xa-2).

通式(Xd)中,p及q各自獨立表示0~5之整數,r表示0~4之整數,p+q+r=n。前述n係與前述式(b1)中之n相同者。 通式(Xd)中,m1及m2各自獨立表示0~5之整數,m3表示1~4之整數,m1+p≦5、m2+q≦5、m3+r=4。m1、m2及m3,較佳為0~3,更佳為0~2,又更佳為0或1。In the general formula (Xd), p and q each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5, r represents an integer from 0 to 4, and p+q+r=n. The aforementioned n is the same as n in the aforementioned formula (b1). In the general formula (Xd), m1 and m2 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5, m3 represents an integer from 1 to 4, m1+p≦5, m2+q≦5, m3+r=4. m1, m2, and m3 are preferably 0-3, more preferably 0-2, and still more preferably 0 or 1.

[具有苯并三唑骨架之n價之原子團] 具有苯并三唑骨架之X,可列舉下述通式(Xe)表示者。[N-valent atomic group with benzotriazole skeleton] Examples of X having a benzotriazole skeleton include those represented by the following general formula (Xe).

Figure 02_image017
[式中,Le 表示單鍵或2價之連結基,Re 表示取代基。n係與前述式(b1)中之n相同者。m表示0~4之整數,m+n≦5。n為2以上時,複數存在之Le 彼此可相同或相異。m為2以上時,複數存在之Re 彼此可相同或相異。*係鍵結於通式(b1)中之Y的鍵結鍵]。
Figure 02_image017
[In the formula, L e represents the single bond or a divalent linking group, R e represents a substituent. n is the same as n in the aforementioned formula (b1). m represents an integer from 0 to 4, m+n≦5. n is 2 or more, the presence of a plurality of L e may be the same or different from each other. m is 2 or greater, the plurality of R e may be the same or different from each other. *It is the bonding bond of Y in the general formula (b1)].

通式(Xe)中,Le 表示單鍵或2價之連結基。前述2價之連結基,可列舉與前述式(Xa-1)及(Xa-2)中之La1 及La2 所列舉者相同者。Le 較佳為單鍵或可具有取代基之烴基,較佳為單鍵、可具有取代基之烷基、或苯環之1個氫原子被烷基取代而得之基。可具有取代基之烷基及與苯環鍵結之烷基,較佳為碳數1~5,更佳為碳數1~3。In the general formula (Xe), Le represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Of the divalent linking group, and include (Xa-1) and (Xa-2) in the preceding formula L a1 and L are the same as those enumerated A2. Le is preferably a single bond or a hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, preferably a single bond, an alkyl group that may have a substituent, or a group in which one hydrogen atom of the benzene ring is substituted with an alkyl group. The alkyl group which may have a substituent and the alkyl group bonded to the benzene ring preferably have 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably have 1 to 3 carbon atoms.

通式(Xe)中,Re 表示取代基。Re 可列舉與前述式(Xa-1)及(Xa-2)中之Ra1 及Ra2 所列舉者相同者。In the general formula (Xe), R e represents a substituent. R e may be the same as those exemplified in R a1 and R a2 in the aforementioned formulas (Xa-1) and (Xa-2).

通式(Xe)中,m表示0~4之整數。m較佳為0~3,更佳為0~2,又更佳為0或1。 通式(Xe)中,n係與前述式(b1)中之n相同者。此時,n為1~5之整數。 m及n係具有m+n≦5的關係。In the general formula (Xe), m represents an integer of 0-4. m is preferably 0-3, more preferably 0-2, and still more preferably 0 or 1. In the general formula (Xe), n is the same as n in the aforementioned formula (b1). At this time, n is an integer from 1 to 5. m and n have a relationship of m+n≦5.

化合物(B1),較佳為下述通式(b1-1)或(b1-2)表示之化合物。The compound (B1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (b1-1) or (b1-2).

Figure 02_image019
[式中,R11 、R12 、及R13 各自獨立為氫原子或碳原子數1~3之烷基;Y1 為單鍵、或選自由-O-、-CO-、-COO-、及 -CONH-所構成群組之2價之連結基,n1 為1~6之整數;X1 係其結構中含有具有芳香族性之縮合環骨架、二苯甲酮骨架、二苯甲醯基甲烷骨架、二苯甲醯基苯骨架、或苯并三唑骨架之n1 價之原子團。n1 為2以上時,複數存在之R11 、R12 、及R13 及Y1 彼此可相同或相異]。
Figure 02_image019
[In the formula, R 11 , R 12 , and R 13 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 3 carbon atoms; Y 1 is a single bond, or selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, And the divalent linking group of the group formed by -CONH-, n 1 is an integer of 1 to 6; X 1 is the structure containing aromatic condensed ring skeleton, benzophenone skeleton, and benzophenone N 1 valence atomic group of methane skeleton, dibenzylbenzene skeleton, or benzotriazole skeleton. When n 1 is 2 or more, R 11 , R 12 , and R 13 and Y 1 that exist in plural may be the same or different from each other].

Figure 02_image021
[式中,R21 為氫原子或碳原子數1~3之烷基;Y2 為單鍵、或選自由-O-、-CO-、-COO-、及-CONH-所構成群組之2價之連結基;n2 為1~6之整數;X2 係其結構中含有具有縮合環骨架、二苯甲酮骨架、二苯甲醯基甲烷骨架、二苯甲醯基苯骨架、或苯并三唑骨架之n2 價之原子團。n2 為2以上時,複數存在之R21 及Y2 彼此可相同或相異]。
Figure 02_image021
[In the formula, R 21 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 3 carbon atoms; Y 2 is a single bond, or selected from the group consisting of -O-, -CO-, -COO-, and -CONH- A bivalent linking group; n 2 is an integer of 1 to 6; X 2 is a structure containing a condensed ring skeleton, a benzophenone skeleton, a benzophenacylmethane skeleton, a benzophenacylbenzene skeleton, or The n 2- valent atomic group of the benzotriazole skeleton. When n 2 is 2 or more, R 21 and Y 2 present in plural may be the same or different from each other].

通式(b1-1)中,R11 、R12 、及R13 各自獨立為氫原子或碳原子數1~3之烷基。R11 、及R12 各自獨立較佳為氫原子、甲基或乙基,更佳為氫原子或甲基,又更佳為氫原子。R13 較佳為氫原子、甲基或乙基,更佳為氫原子或甲基。In the general formula (b1-1), R 11 , R 12 , and R 13 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. R 11 and R 12 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and still more preferably a hydrogen atom. R 13 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

通式(b1-1)中,Y1 係與前述通式(b1)中之Y相同。 通式(b1-1)中,X1 係與前述通式(b1)中之X相同。In the general formula (b1-1), Y 1 is the same as Y in the aforementioned general formula (b1). In the general formula (b1-1), X 1 is the same as X in the aforementioned general formula (b1).

通式(b1-1)中,n1 係與前述通式(b1)中之n相同。n1 為2以上時,複數存在之R11 、R12 、及R13 彼此可相同或相異。n1 為2以上時,複數存在之Y1 彼此可相同或相異。n1 為2以上時,複數存在之X1 彼此可相同或相異。In the general formula (b1-1), n 1 is the same as n in the aforementioned general formula (b1). When n 1 is 2 or more, R 11 , R 12 , and R 13 present in plural may be the same or different from each other. When n 1 is 2 or more, Y 1 present in plural may be the same or different from each other. When n 1 is 2 or more, X 1 existing in plural may be the same or different from each other.

通式(b1-2)中,R21 為氫原子或碳原子數1~3之烷基。R21 較佳為氫原子、甲基或乙基,更佳為氫原子或甲基,又更佳為氫原子。In the general formula (b1-2), R 21 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. R 21 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and still more preferably a hydrogen atom.

通式(b1-2)中,Y2 係與前述通式(b1)中之Y相同。 通式(b1-2)中,X2 係與前述通式(b1)中之X相同。In the general formula (b1-2), Y 2 is the same as Y in the aforementioned general formula (b1). In the general formula (b1-2), X 2 is the same as X in the aforementioned general formula (b1).

通式(b1-2)中,n2 係與前述通式(b1)中之n相同。n2 為2以上時,複數存在之R21 彼此可相同或相異。n2 為2以上時,複數存在之Y2 彼此可相同或相異。n2 為2以上時,複數存在之X2 彼此可相同或相異。In the general formula (b1-2), n 2 is the same as n in the aforementioned general formula (b1). When n 2 is 2 or more, the plural R 21 may be the same or different from each other. When n 2 is 2 or more, Y 2 present in plural may be the same or different from each other. When n 2 is 2 or more, X 2 existing in plural may be the same or different from each other.

含有具有芳香族性之縮合環骨架之化合物(B1)的具體例如以下所示,但是不限定於此等。Specific examples of the compound (B1) containing a condensed ring skeleton having aromaticity are shown below, but are not limited to these.

Figure 02_image023
Figure 02_image023

Figure 02_image025
Figure 02_image025

Figure 02_image027
Figure 02_image027

含有二苯甲酮骨架之化合物(B1)之具體例如以下所示,但是不限定於此等。The specific example of the compound (B1) containing a benzophenone skeleton is shown below, but it is not limited to these.

Figure 02_image029
Figure 02_image029

含有二苯甲醯基甲烷骨架之化合物(B1)之具體例如以下所示,但是不限定於此等。The specific example of the compound (B1) containing a dityl methane skeleton is shown below, but it is not limited to these.

Figure 02_image031
Figure 02_image031

含有二苯甲醯基苯骨架之化合物(B1)之具體例如以下所示,但是不限定於此等。The specific example of the compound (B1) containing a ditylbenzene skeleton is shown below, but it is not limited to these.

Figure 02_image033
Figure 02_image033

含有苯并三唑骨架之化合物(B1)之具體例如以下所示,但是不限定於此等。The specific example of the compound (B1) containing a benzotriazole skeleton is shown below, but it is not limited to these.

Figure 02_image035
Figure 02_image035

(B1)成分可單獨使用1種,也可併用2種以上。 接著劑組成物中之(B1)成分的含量係相對於後述聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂(P1)100質量份,較佳為1質量份以上,更佳為3質量份以上,又更佳為5質量份以上,可為10質量份以上、或15質量份以上。(B1)成分之含量之上限,無特別限定,但是相對於後述聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂(P1)100質量份,可列舉例如30質量份以下、或20質量份以下。(B1)成分之含量的範圍係相對於後述聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂(P1)100質量份,較佳為1~30質量份,更佳為3~20質量份,又更佳為5~15質量份。(B1)成分之含量為上述下限值以上時,接著層中之光之吸收效率提高,接著層之變質變得良好。(B1)成分之含量在上述上限值以下時,變得容易與其他的成分取得平衡。(B1) A component may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. The content of the (B1) component in the adhesive composition is relative to 100 parts by mass of the polyurethane resin (P1) described below, preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, may be 10 parts by mass or more, or 15 parts by mass or more. (B1) The upper limit of the content of the component is not particularly limited, but it is, for example, 30 parts by mass or less, or 20 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polyurethane resin (P1) described below. (B1) The range of the content of the component is relative to 100 parts by mass of the polyurethane resin (P1) described below, preferably 1-30 parts by mass, more preferably 3-20 parts by mass, and still more preferably 5~ 15 parts by mass. (B1) When the content of the component is more than the above lower limit, the light absorption efficiency in the adhesive layer increases, and the deterioration of the adhesive layer becomes good. (B1) When the content of the component is below the above upper limit, it becomes easy to balance with other components.

(B)成分可單獨使用1種,也可併用2種以上。 接著劑組成物(b)中之(B)成分的含量係相對於接著劑組成物(b)之總質量(100質量%),較佳為1~20質量%,更佳為2~15質量%,又更佳為3~15質量%。(B)成分之含量為上述下限值以上時,接著層中之光之吸收效率提高,接著層之變質變得良好。(B)成分之含量為上述上限值以下時,變得容易與其他的成分取得平衡。 又,接著劑組成物(b)中之(B)成分的含量係相對於接著劑組成物(b)之總質量(100質量%)。可為5質量%以上,也可為10質量%以上。(B) A component may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. The content of the component (B) in the adhesive composition (b) is relative to the total mass (100 mass%) of the adhesive composition (b), preferably 1-20 mass%, more preferably 2-15 mass %, more preferably 3-15% by mass. When the content of the component (B) is more than the above lower limit, the light absorption efficiency in the adhesive layer increases, and the deterioration of the adhesive layer becomes good. (B) When the content of the component is below the above upper limit, it becomes easy to balance with other components. In addition, the content of the component (B) in the adhesive composition (b) is relative to the total mass (100% by mass) of the adhesive composition (b). It may be 5% by mass or more, or it may be 10% by mass or more.

≪包含聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵之胺基甲酸酯樹脂:(P1)成分≫ 接著劑組成物(b)含有包含聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵之胺基甲酸酯樹脂(以下也稱為「(P1)成分」)。(P1)成分係藉由聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵進行聚合、硬化,可形成接著層。藉此,可暫時接著半導體基板或電子裝置與支撐體。此外,(P1)成分中之胺基甲酸酯鍵,具有被酸或鹼分解的性質。因此,前述接著層可藉由包含酸或鹼的處理液容易去除。≪Urethane resin containing polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds: (P1) component≫ The adhesive composition (b) contains a urethane resin containing a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond (hereinafter also referred to as "(P1) component"). (P1) The component is polymerized and hardened by polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds to form an adhesive layer. Thereby, the semiconductor substrate or electronic device and the support body can be temporarily bonded. In addition, the urethane bond in component (P1) has the property of being decomposed by acid or alkali. Therefore, the aforementioned adhesive layer can be easily removed with a treatment solution containing acid or alkali.

(P1)成分所含之聚合性碳-碳不飽鍵,無特別限定,較佳為自由基聚合性者。聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵,可為聚合性碳-碳雙鍵,也可為聚合性碳-碳三鍵,較佳為聚合性碳-碳雙鍵。聚合性碳-碳雙鍵,可列舉例如甲基丙烯醯基、及丙烯醯基。(P1)成分所含之聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵,可為1種,也可為2種以上。 (P1)成分所含之聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵之當量,較佳為200~2000g/eq.以上,更佳為300~1500g/eq.以上,又更佳為400~1200g/eq.以上,特佳為500~1000g/eq.。聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵當量為前述較佳之範圍之下限值以上時,接著層之彈性模數、耐熱性等更提高。聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵當量為前述較佳之範圍之上限值以下時,接著層不會變得過硬,洗淨性良好。前述當量數為聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵1當量之胺基甲酸酯樹脂的分子量。(P1) The polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond contained in the component is not particularly limited, but it is preferably radical polymerizable. The polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond may be a polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond or a polymerizable carbon-carbon triple bond, preferably a polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond. The polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond includes, for example, a methacryl group and an acryl group. (P1) The polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond contained in the component may be one type or two or more types. (P1) The equivalent of the polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond contained in the component is preferably 200~2000g/eq. or more, more preferably 300~1500g/eq. or more, and more preferably 400~1200g/eq. Above, 500~1000g/eq. is particularly preferred. When the polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond equivalent is more than the lower limit of the aforementioned preferable range, the elastic modulus, heat resistance, etc. of the adhesive layer are further improved. When the polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond equivalent is less than the upper limit of the aforementioned preferable range, the adhesive layer does not become too hard, and the detergency is good. The aforementioned equivalent number is the molecular weight of the urethane resin per equivalent of polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond.

(P1)成分之重量平均分子量(Mw),較佳為5,000~100,000,更佳為1,000~50,000,又更佳為12,000~ 30,000,特佳為13,000~25,000。(P1) The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the component is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, still more preferably 12,000 to 30,000, particularly preferably 13,000 to 25,000.

(P1)成分可藉由聚異氰酸酯化合物((I)成分)與、多元醇((O)成分)之聚合加成反應來合成。亦即,(P1)成分可為(I)成分與(O)成分之反應產物。(I)成分及(O)成分之至少一種,較佳為含有聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵。The component (P1) can be synthesized by a polymerization addition reaction of a polyisocyanate compound (component (I)) and a polyol (component (O)). That is, the component (P1) may be a reaction product of the component (I) and the component (O). At least one of the component (I) and the component (O) preferably contains a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond.

・聚異氰酸酯化合物:(I)成分 (P1)成分之合成用的(I)成分,可列舉與上述接著劑組成物(a)(I)成分所列舉者相同者。 (I)成分可單獨使用1種,也可併用2種以上。例如(I)成分可使用脂肪族二異氰酸酯及芳香族二異氰酸酯的混合物。前述脂肪族二異氰酸酯,較佳為氫化二甲苯二異氰酸酯。前述芳香族二異氰酸酯,較佳為4,4-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯。・Polyisocyanate compound: (I) component (P1) The component (I) used for the synthesis of the component may be the same as those exemplified in the above-mentioned adhesive composition (a) (I) component. (I) A component may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. For example, a mixture of aliphatic diisocyanate and aromatic diisocyanate can be used as the component (I). The aforementioned aliphatic diisocyanate is preferably hydrogenated xylene diisocyanate. The aforementioned aromatic diisocyanate is preferably 4,4-diphenylmethane diisocyanate.

・多元醇:(O)成分 (P1)成分之合成用的(O)成分,可列舉含有聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵之多元醇(以下也稱為「(O1)成分」)、及其其他的多元醇(以下也稱為「(O2)成分」)。・Polyol: (O) component (P1) The component (O) used in the synthesis of component includes polyols containing polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds (hereinafter also referred to as "(O1) component") and other polyols (hereinafter also referred to as Is "(O2) ingredient").

・・含有聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵之多元醇((O1)成分) (O1)成分可列舉含有選自由甲基丙烯醯基及丙烯醯基所構成群組之至少1種的多元醇。(O1)成分所具有之聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵,可為1個,也可為2個以上。・・Polyol containing polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond ((O1) component) (O1) As a component, the polyhydric alcohol containing at least 1 sort(s) selected from the group which consists of a methacryl group and an acrylic group is mentioned. (O1) The polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond possessed by the component may be one or two or more.

(O1)成分,可列舉例如三元以上之多元醇與甲基丙烯酸、丙烯酸或此等之衍生物之酯等。前述三元以上之多元醇,較佳為三元以上之低分子多元醇。前述三元以上之低分子多元醇,可列舉丙三醇、三羥甲基丙烷等之三元醇;四羥甲基甲烷(季戊四醇)、二丙三醇等之四元醇;木糖醇等之五元醇;山梨醣醇、甘露糖醇、蒜糖醇、艾杜糖醇、衛矛醇(dulcitol)、阿卓糖醇(altritol)、肌醇、二季戊四醇等之六元醇;洋梨醇等之七元醇;及蔗糖等之八元醇;等。The component (O1) includes, for example, esters of trivalent or higher polyhydric alcohols and methacrylic acid, acrylic acid, or derivatives thereof. The aforementioned trivalent or higher polyol is preferably a trivalent or higher low molecular polyol. The aforementioned low-molecular polyols with three or more valences include triols such as glycerol and trimethylolpropane; tetraols such as tetramethylolmethane (pentaerythritol) and diglycerol; xylitol, etc. The pentahydric alcohol; sorbitol, mannitol, allinitol, iditol, dulcitol, altritol, inositol, dipentaerythritol and other hexahydric alcohols; sorbitol And other heptahydric alcohols; and octahydric alcohols such as sucrose; etc.

(O1)成分之具體例,可列舉丙三醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙三醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙三醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、山梨醣醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、山梨醣醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、山梨醣醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、山梨醣醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」係包含甲基丙烯酸酯及丙烯酸酯之概念,係指甲基丙烯酸酯或丙烯酸酯。(O1) Specific examples of the component include glycerol mono(meth)acrylate, diglycerol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol mono(meth)acrylate, and pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate , Diglycerol di(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, sorbitol mono(meth)acrylate ) Acrylate, sorbitol di(meth)acrylate, sorbitol tri(meth)acrylate, sorbitol tetra(meth)acrylate, etc. "(Meth)acrylate" refers to the concept of methacrylate and acrylate, and refers to methacrylate or acrylate.

(O1)成分可單獨使用1種,也可併用2種以上。 其中,(O1)成分,較佳為包含甲基丙烯醯基或丙烯醯基之二醇,更佳為丙三醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、或季戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。(O1) A component may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. Among them, the component (O1) is preferably a diol containing a methacryl group or an acryl group, and more preferably glycerol mono(meth)acrylate or pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate.

・・其他的多元醇((O2)成分) (O2)成分為上述(O1)成分以外的多元醇。(O2)成分,無特別限定,可為脂肪族多元醇,也可為芳香族多元醇。(O2)成分可為低分子多元醇(例如,未達分子量500),也可為高分子多元醇(例如,分子量500以上)。・・Other polyols ((O2) ingredients) The (O2) component is a polyhydric alcohol other than the above (O1) component. The component (O2) is not particularly limited, and may be an aliphatic polyol or an aromatic polyol. The (O2) component may be a low-molecular polyol (for example, less than a molecular weight of 500), or a high-molecular polyol (for example, a molecular weight of 500 or more).

低分子多元醇,可列舉與上述接著劑組成物(a)中之(O)成分之說明所列舉者相同者。低分子多元醇,較佳為二元醇(二醇)。 (O2)成分使用低分子多元醇時,相對於(O1)成分之低分子多元醇的比例(低分子多元醇/(O1)成分(質量比)),較佳為0.01~0.1,更佳為0.03~0.08。Examples of the low-molecular-weight polyol include those listed in the description of the (O) component in the above-mentioned adhesive composition (a). The low-molecular-weight polyol is preferably a diol (diol). When low-molecular polyol is used as component (O2), the ratio of low-molecular polyol relative to component (O1) (low-molecular polyol/(O1) component (mass ratio)) is preferably 0.01 to 0.1, more preferably 0.03~0.08.

高分子多元醇,可列舉與上述接著劑組成物(a)中之(O)成分之說明所列舉者相同者(但是排除相當於(O1)成分者)。 高分子多元醇,較佳為聚碳酸酯多元醇、及植物油系多元醇。聚碳酸酯多元醇,較佳為脂肪族聚碳酸酯多元醇,更佳為脂肪族聚碳酸酯二醇。植物油系多元醇,較佳為蓖麻油改性多元醇,更佳為蓖麻油改性二醇。 (O2)成分使用聚碳酸酯多元醇時,相對於(O1)成分之聚碳酸酯多元醇之比例(聚碳酸酯多元醇/(O1)成分(質量比)),較佳為0.1~5,更佳為0.3~3,又更佳為0.4~3。 (O2)成分使用植物油系多元醇時,相對於(O1)成分之植物油系多元醇之比例(植物油系多元醇/(O1)成分(質量比)),較佳為0.1~5,更佳為0.3~3,又更佳為0.4~2.5。Examples of the polymer polyol include those listed in the description of the (O) component in the above-mentioned adhesive composition (a) (but excluding those corresponding to the (O1) component). The polymer polyol is preferably a polycarbonate polyol and a vegetable oil-based polyol. The polycarbonate polyol is preferably an aliphatic polycarbonate polyol, and more preferably an aliphatic polycarbonate diol. The vegetable oil-based polyol is preferably castor oil-modified polyol, more preferably castor oil-modified diol. When polycarbonate polyol is used as component (O2), the ratio of polycarbonate polyol relative to component (O1) (polycarbonate polyol/component (O1) (mass ratio)) is preferably 0.1 to 5. It is more preferably 0.3~3, and still more preferably 0.4~3. When vegetable oil polyol is used as component (O2), the ratio of vegetable oil polyol relative to component (O1) (vegetable oil polyol/(O1) component (mass ratio)) is preferably 0.1 to 5, more preferably 0.3~3, more preferably 0.4~2.5.

(O2)成分可單獨使用1種,也可併用2種以上。 上述之中,(O2)成分,就調整接著劑組成物(b)之黏度、及接著層之硬度的觀點,較佳為聚碳酸酯多元醇、及低分子多元醇。又,就提高接著層之耐熱性的觀點,(O2)成分可使用蓖麻油改性多元醇。(O2) A component may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. Among the above, the component (O2) is preferably a polycarbonate polyol and a low-molecular polyol from the viewpoint of adjusting the viscosity of the adhesive composition (b) and the hardness of the adhesive layer. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the heat resistance of the adhesive layer, castor oil-modified polyol can be used as the component (O2).

(O)成分就調整接著劑組成物(b)之黏度、及接著層之耐熱性等的觀點,較佳為(O1)成分與(O2)成分之組合。前述(O2)成分,較佳為低分子多元醇、聚碳酸酯多元醇、或蓖麻油改性多元醇、或此等之組合。與(O1)成分組合之(O2)成分的具體例,可列舉聚碳酸酯多元醇、蓖麻油改性多元醇、及低分子多元醇之組合;聚碳酸酯多元醇、及蓖麻油改性多元醇之組合;及聚碳酸酯多元醇等。 (O1)成分與(O2)成分的質量比,較佳為(O1):(O2) =1:5~5:1,更佳為1:4~2:1,又更佳為1:4~1:1,特佳為1:4~1:2。藉由將(O1)成分與(O2)成分之質量比設為前述範圍內,可提高接著層之彈性模數及耐熱性等。The component (O) is preferably a combination of the component (O1) and the component (O2) from the viewpoint of adjusting the viscosity of the adhesive composition (b) and the heat resistance of the adhesive layer. The aforementioned (O2) component is preferably a low-molecular-weight polyol, a polycarbonate polyol, or a castor oil-modified polyol, or a combination thereof. Specific examples of component (O2) combined with component (O1) include a combination of polycarbonate polyol, castor oil modified polyol, and low-molecular polyol; polycarbonate polyol, and castor oil modified polyol Combinations of alcohols; and polycarbonate polyols, etc. The mass ratio of (O1) component to (O2) component is preferably (O1):(O2) = 1:5~5:1, more preferably 1:4~2:1, and even more preferably 1:4 ~1:1, especially 1:4~1:2. By setting the mass ratio of the (O1) component to the (O2) component within the aforementioned range, the elastic modulus and heat resistance of the adhesive layer can be improved.

(P1)成分可藉由將(I)成分及(O)成分混合,依據公知之胺基甲酸酯樹脂之合成方法,使共聚合來合成。(I)成分及(O)成分之共聚合,較佳為鉍觸媒等之公知之胺基甲酸酯化觸媒之存在下進行。又,為了避免(O1)成分中之聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵之聚合,在反應系中可添加聚合抑制劑。The component (P1) can be synthesized by mixing the component (I) and the component (O) and copolymerizing it in accordance with a known synthesis method of urethane resin. The copolymerization of the component (I) and the component (O) is preferably carried out in the presence of a known urethane catalyst such as a bismuth catalyst. In addition, in order to avoid polymerization of polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds in component (O1), a polymerization inhibitor may be added to the reaction system.

(P1)成分之合成用之(I)成分與(O)成分的比率(質量比),較佳為例如(I):(O)=10:90~60:40,更佳為20:80~50:50,又更佳為25:75~45:55。(I)成分中之異氰酸酯基(-NCO)對(O)成分中之羥基(-OH)之莫耳比(NCO/OH),較佳為60:40~40:60,更佳為55:45:~45:55。(P1) The ratio (mass ratio) of (I) component and (O) component for the synthesis of component is preferably, for example (I):(O)=10:90~60:40, more preferably 20:80 ~50:50, and more preferably 25:75~45:55. (I) The molar ratio (NCO/OH) of the isocyanate group (-NCO) in the component to the hydroxyl group (-OH) in the (O) component (NCO/OH), preferably 60:40~40:60, more preferably 55: 45:~45:55.

(P1)成分可單獨使用1種,也可併用2種以上。 接著劑組成物(b)中之(P1)成分之含量為可塗佈於支撐體等的濃度時,即無特別限定。接著劑組成物(b)中之(P1)成分之含量係相對於接著劑組成物(b)之總質量(100質量%),較佳為10~60質量%,更佳為20~60質量%,又更佳為30~60質量%。(P1) A component may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When the content of the component (P1) in the adhesive composition (b) is a concentration that can be applied to a support or the like, it is not particularly limited. The content of the component (P1) in the adhesive composition (b) is relative to the total mass (100% by mass) of the adhesive composition (b), preferably 10-60% by mass, more preferably 20-60% by mass %, more preferably 30-60% by mass.

<聚合起始劑:(A)成分> 接著劑組成物(b)含有聚合起始劑(以下,也稱為(A)成分)。聚合起始劑具有促進聚合反應之功能的成分。(A)成分可列舉熱聚合起始劑、光聚合起始劑等。<Polymerization initiator: (A) component> The adhesive composition (b) contains a polymerization initiator (hereinafter also referred to as (A) component). The polymerization initiator has the function of accelerating the polymerization reaction. (A) The component includes a thermal polymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator, and the like.

作為熱聚合起始劑,可列舉例如過氧化物、偶氮系聚合起始劑等。Examples of thermal polymerization initiators include peroxides and azo polymerization initiators.

熱聚合起始劑中的過氧化物,可列舉例如酮過氧化物、過氧縮酮、過氧化氫、二烷基過氧化物、過氧酯等。這種過氧化物,具體而言,可列舉過氧化乙醯、過氧化二異丙苯、過氧化tert-丁基、過氧化tert-丁基異丙苯、過氧化丙醯、過氧化苯甲醯(BPO)、過氧化2-氯苯甲醯、過氧化3-氯苯甲醯、過氧化4-氯苯甲醯、過氧化2,4-二氯苯甲醯、過氧化4-溴甲基苯甲醯、過氧化月桂醯、過硫酸鉀、過氧化碳酸二異丙酯、四氫化萘氫過氧化物、1-苯基-2-甲基丙基-1-氫過氧化物、過三苯基乙酸tert-丁酯、tert-丁基氫過氧化物、過甲酸tert-丁酯、過乙酸tert-丁酯、過苯甲酸tert-丁酯、過苯基乙酸tert-丁酯、過4-甲氧基乙酸tert-丁酯、過N-(3-甲苯基)胺基甲酸tert-丁酯等。The peroxide in the thermal polymerization initiator includes, for example, ketone peroxide, peroxyketal, hydrogen peroxide, dialkyl peroxide, peroxyester, and the like. Such peroxides, specifically, include acetyl peroxide, dicumyl peroxide, tert-butyl peroxide, tert-butyl cumene peroxide, propylene peroxide, and benzyl peroxide. BPO, 2-chlorobenzyl peroxide, 3-chlorobenzyl peroxide, 4-chlorobenzyl peroxide, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl peroxide, 4-bromomethyl peroxide Benzyl benzoate, laurel peroxide, potassium persulfate, diisopropyl peroxycarbonate, tetralin hydroperoxide, 1-phenyl-2-methylpropyl-1-hydroperoxide, peroxy Tert-butyl triphenylacetate, tert-butyl hydroperoxide, tert-butyl peroxyformate, tert-butyl peracetate, tert-butyl perbenzoate, tert-butyl perphenylacetate, per Tert-butyl 4-methoxyacetate, tert-butyl per N-(3-tolyl)carbamate, etc.

前述過氧化物,例如,可使用日本油脂股份公司製的商品名「Percumyl(註冊商標)」、商品名「Perbutyl(註冊商標)」、商品名「Peroyl(註冊商標)」及商品名「Perocta(註冊商標)」等市售品者。For the aforementioned peroxides, for example, the product name "Percumyl (registered trademark)", product name "Perbutyl (registered trademark)", product name "Peroyl (registered trademark)" and product name "Perocta ( Registered trademark)" and other commercial products.

熱聚合起始劑中之偶氮系聚合起始劑,可列舉例如2,2’-偶氮雙丙烷、2,2’-二氯-2,2’-偶氮雙丙烷、1,1’-偶氮(甲基乙基)二乙酸酯、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-脒基丙烷)鹽酸鹽、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-胺基丙烷)硝酸鹽、2,2’-偶氮雙異丁烷、2,2’-偶氮雙異丁基醯胺、2,2’-偶氮二異丁腈、2,2’-偶氮雙-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2,2’-二氯-2,2’-偶氮雙丁烷、2,2’-偶氮雙-2-甲基丁腈、2,2’-偶氮雙異丁酸二甲酯、1,1’-偶氮雙(1-甲基丁腈-3-磺酸鈉)、2-(4-甲基苯基偶氮)-2-甲基丙二腈4,4’-偶氮雙-4-氰基戊酸、3,5-二羥基甲基苯基偶氮-2-烯丙基丙二腈、2,2’-偶氮雙-2-甲基戊腈、4,4’-偶氮雙-4-氰基戊酸二甲酯、2,2’-偶氮雙-2,4-二甲基戊腈、1,1’-偶氮雙環己腈、2,2’-偶氮雙-2-丙基丁腈、1,1’-偶氮雙環己腈、2,2’-偶氮雙-2-丙基丁腈、1,1’-偶氮雙-1-氯苯基乙烷、1,1’-偶氮雙-1-環己烷甲腈、1,1’-偶氮雙-1-環庚腈、1,1’-偶氮雙-1-苯基乙烷、1,1’-偶氮雙異丙苯、4-硝基苯基偶氮苄基氰基乙酸乙酯、苯基偶氮二苯基甲烷、苯基偶氮三苯基甲烷、4-硝基苯基偶氮三苯基甲烷、1,1’-偶氮雙-1,2-二苯基乙烷、聚(雙酚A-4,4’-偶氮雙-4-氰基戊酸酯)、聚(四乙二醇-2,2’-偶氮雙異丁酸酯)等。The azo polymerization initiator in the thermal polymerization initiator includes, for example, 2,2'-azobispropane, 2,2'-dichloro-2,2'-azobispropane, 1,1' -Azo(methylethyl)diacetate, 2,2'-azobis(2-amidinopropane) hydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis(2-aminopropane) nitrate , 2,2'-azobisisobutane, 2,2'-azobisisobutylamide, 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis-2- Methyl methyl propionate, 2,2'-dichloro-2,2'-azobisbutane, 2,2'-azobis-2-methylbutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis Dimethyl isobutyrate, 1,1'-azobis(1-methylbutyronitrile-3-sulfonate sodium), 2-(4-methylphenylazo)-2-methylmalononitrile 4,4'-Azobis-4-cyanovaleric acid, 3,5-dihydroxymethylphenylazo-2-allylmalononitrile, 2,2'-azobis-2-methyl Valeronitrile, 4,4'-azobis-4-cyanovaleric acid dimethyl ester, 2,2'-azobis-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile, 1,1'-azobicyclo Capronitrile, 2,2'-azobis-2-propylbutyronitrile, 1,1'-azobiscyclohexanonitrile, 2,2'-azobis-2-propylbutyronitrile, 1,1' -Azobis-1-chlorophenylethane, 1,1'-azobis-1-cyclohexanecarbonitrile, 1,1'-azobis-1-cycloheptanenitrile, 1,1'- Azobis-1-phenylethane, 1,1'-azobiscumene, ethyl 4-nitrophenylazobenzylcyanoacetate, phenylazobisphenylmethane, phenyl Azotriphenylmethane, 4-nitrophenylazotriphenylmethane, 1,1'-azobis-1,2-diphenylethane, poly(bisphenol A-4,4'- Azobis-4-cyanovalerate), poly(tetraethylene glycol-2,2'-azobisisobutyrate), etc.

光聚合起始劑,可列舉例如1-羥基環己基苯基酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、1-[4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯基]-2-羥基-2-甲基-1-丙烷-1-酮、1-(4-異丙基苯基)-2-羥基-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、1-(4-十二烷基苯基)-2-羥基-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮、雙(4-二甲基胺基苯基)酮、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉基丙烷-1-酮、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、乙酮1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(o-乙醯基肟)、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦、4-苯甲醯基-4’-甲基二甲基二硫醚、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸甲酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸丁酯、4-二甲基胺基-2-乙基己基苯甲酸、4-二甲基胺基-2-異戊基苯甲酸、苄基-β-甲氧基乙基縮醛、苄基二甲基縮醛、1-苯基-1,2-丙二酮-2-(o-乙氧基羰基)肟、o-苯甲醯基苯甲酸甲基、2,4-二乙硫基呫噸酮、2-氯噻噸酮、2,4-二甲硫基呫噸酮、1-氯-4-丙氧基噻噸酮、噻噸、2-氯噻噸、2,4-二乙硫基呫噸、2-甲硫基呫噸、2-異丙基噻噸、2-乙基蒽醌、八甲基蒽醌、1,2-苯并蒽醌、2,3-二苯基蒽醌、偶氮雙異丁腈、過氧化苯甲醯、過氧化異丙苯、2-巰基苯并咪唑、2-巰基苯并噁唑、2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-(o-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(o-氯苯基)-4,5-二(甲氧基苯基)咪唑二聚物、2-(o-氟苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(o-甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(p-甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚物、二苯甲酮、2-氯二苯甲酮、4,4’-雙二甲基胺基二苯甲酮(亦即,米希勒酮)、4,4’-雙二乙基胺基二苯甲酮(亦即,乙基米希勒酮)、4,4’-二氯二苯甲酮、3,3-二甲基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、二苯基乙二酮、苯偶因、苯偶因甲醚、苯偶因乙醚、苯偶因異丙醚、苯偶因-n-丁醚、苯偶因異丁醚、苯偶因-t-丁醚、苯乙酮、2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、p-二甲基苯乙酮、p-二甲基胺基苯丙酮、二氯苯乙酮、三氯苯乙酮、p-t-丁基苯乙酮、p-二甲基胺基苯乙酮、p-t-丁基三氯苯乙酮、p-t-丁基二氯苯乙酮、α,α-二氯-4-苯氧基苯乙酮、噻噸酮、2-甲硫基呫噸酮、2-異丙基噻噸酮、二苯并環庚酮、戊基-4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸酯、9-苯基吖啶、1,7-雙-(9-吖啶基)庚烷、1,5-雙-(9-吖啶基)戊烷、1,3-雙-(9-吖啶基)丙烷、p-甲氧基三嗪、2,4,6-三(三氯甲基)-s-三嗪、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三嗪、2-[2-(5-甲基呋喃-2-基)乙烯基]-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三嗪、2-[2-(呋喃-2-基)乙烯基]-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三嗪、2-[2-(4-二乙基胺基-2-甲基苯基)乙烯基]-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三嗪、2-[2-(3,4-二甲氧基苯基)乙烯基]-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三嗪、2-(4-甲氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三嗪、2-(4-乙氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三嗪、2-(4-n-丁氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三嗪、2,4-雙-三氯甲基-6-(3-溴-4-甲氧基)苯基-s-三嗪、2,4-雙-三氯甲基-6-(2-溴-4-甲氧基)苯基-s-三嗪、2,4-雙-三氯甲基-6-(3-溴-4-甲氧基)苯乙烯基苯基-s-三嗪、2,4-雙-三氯甲基-6-(2-溴-4-甲氧基)苯乙烯基苯基-s-三嗪等。The photopolymerization initiator includes, for example, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropane-1-one, and 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy) Phenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-propane-1-one, 1-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropane-1-one, 1-( 4-dodecylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropane-1-one, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one, bis(4 -Dimethylaminophenyl) ketone, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropane-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethyl Amino-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-butan-1-one, ethyl ketone 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzyl)-9H-carbazole -3-yl)-1-(o-acetyloxime), 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyldiphenylphosphine oxide, 4-benzyl-4'-methyldimethyl Disulfide, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid, methyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, butyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate , 4-Dimethylamino-2-ethylhexylbenzoic acid, 4-dimethylamino-2-isopentylbenzoic acid, benzyl-β-methoxyethyl acetal, benzyldimethyl Acetal, 1-phenyl-1,2-propanedione-2-(o-ethoxycarbonyl)oxime, o-benzylbenzoic acid methyl, 2,4-diethylthioxanthene Ketone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 1-chloro-4-propoxythioxanthone, thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-diethylsulfide Xanthene, 2-methylthioxanthene, 2-isopropylthioxanthene, 2-ethylanthraquinone, octamethylanthraquinone, 1,2-benzoanthraquinone, 2,3-diphenylanthraquinone Quinone, azobisisobutyronitrile, benzoyl peroxide, cumene peroxide, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-(o-chlorobenzene Yl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-bis(methoxyphenyl)imidazole dimer, 2-(o-fluorophenyl) )-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(o-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)- 4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer, benzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4,4'-bisdimethylaminodimer Benzophenone (i.e., Michler's ketone), 4,4'-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone (i.e., ethyl Michler's ketone), 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone Ketones, 3,3-Dimethyl-4-methoxybenzophenone, diphenylethylenedione, benzidine, benzine methyl ether, benzine ethyl ether, benzine isopropyl ether, benzene Phenyl-n-butyl ether, benzyl isobutyl ether, benzyl-t-butyl ether, acetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, p-dimethylacetophenone, p -Dimethylaminopropiophenone, dichloroacetophenone, trichloroacetophenone, pt-butylacetophenone, p-dimethylaminoacetophenone, pt-butyltrichloroacetophenone, pt- Butyl dichloroacetophenone, α,α-dichloro-4-phenoxyacetophenone, thioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, dibenzo ring Heptanone, pentyl-4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 9-phenylacridine, 1,7-bis-(9-acridinyl)heptane, 1,5-bis-(9- Acridinyl)pentane, 1,3-bis-(9-acridinyl)propane, p-methoxytriazine, 2,4,6-tris(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2 -Methyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-[2-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)vinyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) Yl)-s-triazine, 2-[2-(furan-2-yl)vinyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-[2-(4-di Ethylamino-2-methylphenyl)vinyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-[2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) Vinyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-Ethoxystyryl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-n-butoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis( Trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2,4-bis-trichloromethyl-6-(3-bromo-4-methoxy)phenyl-s-triazine, 2,4-bis-triazine Chloromethyl-6-(2-bromo-4-methoxy)phenyl-s-triazine, 2,4-bis-trichloromethyl-6-(3-bromo-4-methoxy)benzene Vinylphenyl-s-triazine, 2,4-bis-trichloromethyl-6-(2-bromo-4-methoxy)styrylphenyl-s-triazine, etc.

前述光聚合起始劑,例如可使用「IRGACURE OXE02」、「IRGACURE OXE01」、 「IRGACURE 369」、「IRGACURE 651」、 「IRGACURE 907」(皆為商品名,BASF公司製)及「NCI-831」(商品名、股份公司ADEKA製)等之市售品。As the aforementioned photopolymerization initiator, for example, "IRGACURE OXE02", "IRGACURE OXE01", "IRGACURE 369", "IRGACURE 651", Commercial products such as "IRGACURE 907" (all product names, manufactured by BASF) and "NCI-831" (product names, manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).

(A)成分可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上來使用。(A)成分,較佳為熱聚合起始劑,更佳為過氧化物。此(A)成分之使用量,可依據(P1)成分之使用量調整。接著劑組成物(b)中之聚合起始劑之含量係相對於(P1)成分100質量份,較佳為0.1~10質量份,更佳為0.5~5質量份。(A) A component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types. (A) The component is preferably a thermal polymerization initiator, and more preferably a peroxide. The usage amount of component (A) can be adjusted according to the usage amount of component (P1). The content of the polymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (b) is relative to 100 parts by mass of the component (P1), preferably 0.1-10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5-5 parts by mass.

<任意成分> 接著劑組成物(a)及接著劑組成物(b)除上述成分外,在不損及本發明效果的範圍,也可含有任意成分。任意成分,無特別限定,可列舉例如聚合抑制劑、溶劑成分、可塑劑、接著補助劑、安定劑、著色劑、界面活性劑等。<Optional ingredients> In addition to the above-mentioned components, the adhesive composition (a) and the adhesive composition (b) may contain optional components within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. The optional components are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include polymerization inhibitors, solvent components, plasticizers, adhesive additives, stabilizers, colorants, surfactants, and the like.

≪聚合抑制劑≫ 聚合抑制劑係指具有防止因熱或光所致之自由基聚合反應之功能的成分。聚合抑制劑係對於自由基顯示高的反應性。≪Polymerization inhibitor≫ The polymerization inhibitor refers to a component that has the function of preventing free radical polymerization caused by heat or light. The polymerization inhibitor system shows high reactivity to free radicals.

聚合抑制劑,較佳為具有苯酚骨架者。例如,此聚合抑制劑可使用受阻酚系之抗氧化劑,可列舉鄰苯三酚、苯醌、對苯二酚、亞甲基藍、tert-丁基兒茶酚、單苄醚、甲基對苯二酚、戊基醌、戊氧基對苯二酚、n-丁基苯酚、苯酚、對苯二酚單丙醚、4,4’-(1-甲基亞乙基)雙(2-甲基苯酚)、4,4’-(1-甲基亞乙基)雙(2,6-二甲基苯酚)、4,4’-[1-[4-(1-(4-羥基苯基)-1-甲基乙基)苯基]亞乙基]雙酚、4,4’,4”-亞乙基三(2-甲基苯酚)、4,4’,4”-亞乙基三苯酚、1,1,3-三(2,5-二甲基-4-羥基苯基)-3-苯基丙烷、2,6-二-tert-丁基-4-甲基苯酚、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-tert-丁基苯酚)、4,4’-亞丁基雙(3-甲基-6-tert-丁基苯酚)、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-tert-丁基苯酚)、3,9-雙〔2-(3-(3-tert-丁基-4-羥基-5-甲基苯基)-丙醯氧基)-1,1-二甲基乙基]-2,4,8,10-四氧雜螺(5,5)十一烷、三乙二醇-雙-3-(3-tert-丁基-4-羥基-5-甲基苯基)丙酸酯、n-辛基-3-(3,5-二-tert-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯、季戊四醇四[3-(3,5-二-tert-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯](商品名IRGANOX1010、BASF公司製)、三(3,5-二-tert-丁基羥基苄基)異氰脲酸酯、硫代二乙烯雙[3-(3,5-二-tert-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]等。The polymerization inhibitor is preferably one having a phenol skeleton. For example, this polymerization inhibitor can use hindered phenol antioxidants, including pyrogallol, benzoquinone, hydroquinone, methylene blue, tert-butylcatechol, monobenzyl ether, methylhydroquinone , Pentylquinone, pentyloxyhydroquinone, n-butylphenol, phenol, hydroquinone monopropyl ether, 4,4'-(1-methylethylene)bis(2-methylphenol) ), 4,4'-(1-methylethylene)bis(2,6-dimethylphenol), 4,4'-[1-[4-(1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)- 1-methylethyl)phenyl]ethylene]bisphenol, 4,4',4"-ethylene tris (2-methylphenol), 4,4',4"-ethylene triphenol , 1,1,3-tris(2,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-phenylpropane, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 2,2 '-Methylene bis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 4,4'-butylene bis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 4,4'-sulfur Substituted bis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 3,9-bis[2-(3-(3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)-propanol Oxy)-1,1-dimethylethyl)-2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro(5,5)undecane, triethylene glycol-bis-3-(3-tert- Butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)propionate, n-octyl-3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, pentaerythritol tetra[ 3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate) (trade name IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF Corporation), tris(3,5-di-tert-butylhydroxybenzyl) Isocyanurate, thiodiethylene bis[3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] and the like.

聚合抑制劑可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上來使用。 聚合抑制劑之含量,可依據樹脂成分之種類、接著劑組成物之用途及使用環境適宜決定即可。A polymerization inhibitor may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types. The content of the polymerization inhibitor can be appropriately determined according to the type of resin component, the purpose of the adhesive composition and the use environment.

≪界面活性劑≫ 界面活性劑,可列舉例如氟系界面活性劑、聚矽氧系界面活性劑等。≪Surface active agent≫ Surfactants include, for example, fluorine-based surfactants and silicone-based surfactants.

氟系界面活性劑,可列舉例如BM-1000、BM-1100(均為BM Chmie公司製)、MegafacF142D、MegafacF172、MegafacF173、MegafacF183(均為DIC公司製)、FluoradFC-135、FluoradFC-170C、FluoradFC-430、FluoradFC-431(均為住友3M公司製)、SurflonS-112、SurflonS-113、SurflonS-131、SurflonS-141、SurflonS-145(均為旭硝子公司製)、SH-28PA、SH-190、SH-193、SZ-6032、SF-8428(均為Toray Silicone公司製)等之市售的氟系界面活性劑。Examples of fluorine-based surfactants include BM-1000, BM-1100 (all manufactured by BM Chmie), MegafacF142D, MegafacF172, MegafacF173, MegafacF183 (all manufactured by DIC), FluoradFC-135, FluoradFC-170C, FluoradFC- 430, FluoradFC-431 (all manufactured by Sumitomo 3M), SurflonS-112, SurflonS-113, SurflonS-131, SurflonS-141, SurflonS-145 (all manufactured by Asahi Glass), SH-28PA, SH-190, SH -193, SZ-6032, SF-8428 (all manufactured by Toray Silicone) and other commercially available fluorine-based surfactants.

聚矽氧系界面活性劑,可列舉例如未改性聚矽氧系界面活性劑、聚醚改性聚矽氧系界面活性劑、聚酯改性聚矽氧系界面活性劑、烷基改性聚矽氧系界面活性劑、芳烷基改性聚矽氧系界面活性劑、及反應性聚矽氧系界面活性劑等。聚矽氧系界面活性劑可使用市售品。市售聚矽氧系界面活性劑之具體例,可列舉例如Paintad M(東麗道康寧公司製)、Topika K1000、Topika K2000、Topika K5000(均為高千穗產業公司製)、XL-121(聚醚改性聚矽氧系界面活性劑、Clariant公司製)、BYK-310(聚酯改性聚矽氧系界面活性劑、BYK-Chemie公司製)等。Polysiloxane-based surfactants include, for example, unmodified silicone-based surfactants, polyether-modified silicone-based surfactants, polyester-modified silicone-based surfactants, and alkyl-modified surfactants. Silicone-based surfactants, aralkyl-modified silicone-based surfactants, and reactive silicone-based surfactants, etc. A commercially available product can be used for the silicone-based surfactant. Specific examples of commercially available silicone surfactants include Paintad M (manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Corporation), Topika K1000, Topika K2000, Topika K5000 (all manufactured by Takachiho Sangyo Co., Ltd.), and XL-121 (polyether modified). Polysiloxane-based surfactant, manufactured by Clariant Corporation), BYK-310 (polyester-modified silicone-based surfactant, manufactured by BYK-Chemie), etc.

界面活性劑可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上來使用。界面活性劑,較佳為聚矽氧系界面活性劑,更佳為聚酯改性聚矽氧系界面活性劑。接著劑組成物(a)含有界面活性劑時,界面活性劑之含量係相對於(I)成分及(O)成分之合計質量(100質量份),較佳為0.01~1質量份,更佳為0.5~0.5質量份。接著劑組成物(b)含有界面活性劑時,界面活性劑之含量係相對於(P1)成分100質量份,較佳為0.01~1質量份,更佳為0.5~0.5質量份。A surfactant may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types. The surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant, more preferably a polyester-modified silicone-based surfactant. When the adhesive composition (a) contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is relative to the total mass (100 parts by mass) of the components (I) and (O), preferably 0.01 to 1 part by mass, more preferably It is 0.5 to 0.5 parts by mass. When the adhesive composition (b) contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is relative to 100 parts by mass of the component (P1), preferably 0.01 to 1 part by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 0.5 part by mass.

≪溶劑成分≫ 作為溶劑成分,可列舉例如烴溶劑、石油系溶劑、及前述溶劑以外之其他的溶劑。以下統合烴溶劑及石油系溶劑,稱為「(S1)成分」。(S1)成分以外的溶劑成分稱為「(S2)成分」。≪Solvent composition≫ Examples of the solvent component include hydrocarbon solvents, petroleum-based solvents, and other solvents other than the aforementioned solvents. Hereinafter, a combination of hydrocarbon solvents and petroleum-based solvents is referred to as "(S1) component". Solvent components other than (S1) components are called "(S2) components".

作為烴溶劑,可列舉直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烴。烴溶劑可列舉例如己烷、庚烷、辛烷、壬烷、甲基辛烷、癸烷、十一烷、十二烷、十三烷等之直鏈狀之烴;異辛烷、異壬烷、異十二烷等之支鏈狀之烴;p-薄荷烷、o-薄荷烷、m-薄荷烷、二苯基薄荷烷、1,4-萜二醇、1,8-萜二醇、莰烷、降莰烷、蒎烷(pinane)、側柏烷(thujane)、長松針烷(carane)、長葉烯、α-萜品烯、β-萜品烯、γ-萜品烯、α-蒎烯、β-蒎烯、α-側柏酮、β-側柏酮、環己烷、環庚烷、環辛烷等之脂環式烴;甲苯、二甲苯、茚、戊搭烯、茚滿、四氫茚、萘、四氫萘(tetralin)、十氫萘(decaline)等之芳香族烴。Examples of the hydrocarbon solvent include linear, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbons. Examples of hydrocarbon solvents include linear hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, octane, nonane, methyl octane, decane, undecane, dodecane, and tridecane; isooctane, isonon Branched chain hydrocarbons such as alkanes and isododecane; p-menthane, o-menthane, m-menthane, diphenyl menthane, 1,4-terpene diol, 1,8-terpene diol , Campane, norbornane, pinane, thujane, carane, longleafene, α-terpinene, β-terpinene, γ-terpinene, α-pinene, β-pinene, α-thujone, β-thujone, cyclohexane, cycloheptane, cyclooctane and other alicyclic hydrocarbons; toluene, xylene, indene, pentalene , Indane, tetrahydroindene, naphthalene, tetralin, decaline and other aromatic hydrocarbons.

石油系溶劑係指經重油純化的溶劑,可列舉例如白燈油、鏈烷烴系溶劑、異鏈烷烴系溶劑。Petroleum-based solvents refer to solvents purified from heavy oil, and examples thereof include white kerosene, paraffinic solvents, and isoparaffinic solvents.

(S2)成分,可列舉具有作為極性基之氧原子、羰基或乙醯氧基等的萜烯溶劑。可列舉例如香葉醇、橙花醇、沉香醇、檸檬醛、香茅醇、薄荷醇、異薄荷醇、新薄荷醇、α-萜品醇、β-萜品醇、γ-萜品醇、萜品烯-1-醇、萜品烯-4-醇、二氫松香醇乙酸酯、1,4-桉樹腦(cineole)、1,8-桉樹腦、冰片(borneol)、香芹酮、紫羅酮、側柏酮、樟腦等。(S2) As a component, the terpene solvent which has an oxygen atom, a carbonyl group, an acetoxy group, etc. which are a polar group can be mentioned. For example, geraniol, nerol, linalool, citral, citronellol, menthol, isomenthol, neomenthol, α-terpineol, β-terpineol, γ-terpineol, Terpinen-1-ol, terpinen-4-ol, dihydrorosinol acetate, 1,4-cineole, 1,8-cineole, borneol, carvone, Ionone, thujone, camphor, etc.

又,作為(S2)成分,可列舉如γ-丁內酯等之內酯類;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環己酮(CH)、甲基-n-戊酮、甲基異戊酮、2-庚酮等之酮類;乙二醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、二丙二醇等之多元醇類;乙二醇單乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙酸酯、或二丙二醇單乙酸酯等之具有酯鍵的化合物、上述多元醇類或上述具有酯鍵之化合物之單甲醚、單乙醚、單丙醚、單丁醚等之單烷醚或單苯醚等之具有醚鍵之化合物等之多元醇類的衍生物(此等之中,較佳為丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)、丙二醇單甲醚(PGME));二噁烷之環式醚類;乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、甲氧基丙酸甲酯、乙氧基丙酸乙酯等之酯類;苯甲醚、乙基苄醚、甲苯酚基甲醚、二苯醚、聯苄醚、苯乙醚、丁基苯醚等之芳香族系有機溶劑。In addition, as the component (S2), lactones such as γ-butyrolactone; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone (CH), methyl-n-pentanone, and methyl isoamyl ketone can be cited , 2-heptanone and other ketones; ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol and other polyhydric alcohols; ethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monoacetic acid Ester, or compounds with ester linkages such as dipropylene glycol monoacetate, monomethyl ether, monoethyl ether, monopropyl ether, monobutyl ether, or monoalkyl ethers such as the above polyols or the above compounds with ester linkage Derivatives of polyols such as phenyl ethers and other compounds having ether bonds (among these, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) are preferred); dioxane Cyclic ethers; methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate Esters such as anisole, ethyl benzyl ether, cresol methyl ether, diphenyl ether, dibenzyl ether, phenethyl ether, butyl phenyl ether and other aromatic organic solvents.

溶劑成分可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上來使用。溶劑成分,較佳為對上述(B)成分、(I)成分及(O)成分,或對上述(B)成分及(P1)成分為不活性者。較佳的溶劑成分,可列舉例如酯系溶劑、酮系溶劑、芳香族烴系溶劑、PGMEA、PGME、及此等之混合溶劑等。A solvent component may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types. The solvent component is preferably one that is inactive to the above-mentioned (B) component, (I) component, and (O) component, or the above-mentioned (B) component and (P1) component. Preferable solvent components include, for example, ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvents, PGMEA, PGME, and mixed solvents thereof.

接著劑組成物(a)可藉由將適宜任意成分添加於上述(B)成分、(I)成分、及(O)成分,進行混合來調製。The adhesive composition (a) can be prepared by adding appropriate optional components to the above-mentioned (B) component, (I) component, and (O) component, and mixing them.

接著劑組成物(b)可藉由將(B)成分、(P1)成分、及(A)成分、及必要時任意成分溶解於溶劑成分,進行混合來調製。 接著劑組成物(b)中之溶劑成分之含量,可依據接著劑組成物層之厚度適宜調整即可。溶劑成分之含量,例如相對於接著劑組成物之總質量(100質量%),較佳為40~90質量%之範圍內。亦即,本實施形態之接著劑組成物係固體成分(排除溶劑成分後之調配成分之合計量)濃度,較佳為10~80質量%之範圍內。溶劑成分之含量在前述較佳的範圍內時,黏度調整變得容易。Adhesive composition (b) can be prepared by dissolving (B) component, (P1) component, and (A) component, and if necessary, optional components in a solvent component, and mixing them. The content of the solvent component in the adhesive composition (b) can be appropriately adjusted according to the thickness of the adhesive composition layer. The content of the solvent component, for example, is preferably in the range of 40 to 90% by mass relative to the total mass (100% by mass) of the adhesive composition. That is, the solid content of the adhesive composition of the present embodiment (the total amount of the formulated components after excluding the solvent component) concentration is preferably in the range of 10 to 80% by mass. When the content of the solvent component is within the aforementioned preferable range, viscosity adjustment becomes easy.

使用聚合起始劑時,可在使用接著劑組成物之直前,藉由習知的方法摻合聚合起始劑。聚合起始劑或聚合抑制劑可預先溶解於上述(S2)成分之溶液的形態摻合。(S2)成分之使用量,可依據聚合起始劑或聚合抑制劑的種類等適宜調整即可,例如相對於(S1)成分100質量份,較佳為1~50質量份,更佳為5~30質量份。(S2)成分之使用量在前述較佳的範圍內時,可充分地溶解聚合起始劑或聚合抑制劑。When a polymerization initiator is used, the polymerization initiator can be blended by a conventional method before using the adhesive composition. The polymerization initiator or polymerization inhibitor may be blended in the form of being dissolved in the solution of the above-mentioned (S2) component in advance. The amount of (S2) component used can be appropriately adjusted according to the type of polymerization initiator or polymerization inhibitor. For example, relative to 100 parts by mass of (S1) component, preferably 1-50 parts by mass, more preferably 5 ~30 parts by mass. (S2) When the usage amount of the component is within the aforementioned preferable range, the polymerization initiator or polymerization inhibitor can be sufficiently dissolved.

依據本實施形態之接著劑組成物時,為了暫時接著半導體基板等與支撐體時,可在前述半導體基板等與支撐體之間形成接著劑組成物層使硬化。藉此,形成暫時接著半導體基板等與支撐體的接著層。該接著層係藉由交聯結構而硬化,故耐熱性高,即使在高溫(例如,200℃以上),彈性模數不會降低。因此,半導體基板或電子裝置之加工時,進行高溫處理時,也不會產生位置偏離或下沉等不良的情形。 此外,對前述接著層照射雷射光等之光時,接著層中之(B)成分吸收光,接著層產生變質。藉此,接著層之接著力降低,可分離半導體基板等與支撐體。因此,不需設置分離層。 此外,前述接著層因包含胺基甲酸酯樹脂,故藉由酸或鹼,分解胺基甲酸酯鍵,可分解接著層。因此,即使接著層之殘渣附著於由支撐體分離後的半導體基板等,也可藉由酸或鹼洗淨,容易去除接著層之殘渣。According to the adhesive composition of the present embodiment, in order to temporarily bond the semiconductor substrate or the like to the support, the adhesive composition layer may be formed between the semiconductor substrate or the like and the support to be cured. This forms an adhesive layer that temporarily bonds the semiconductor substrate and the like to the support. The adhesive layer is hardened by the cross-linking structure, so it has high heat resistance, and the elastic modulus will not decrease even at high temperatures (for example, above 200°C). Therefore, during the processing of semiconductor substrates or electronic devices, there will be no defects such as positional deviation or sinking during high-temperature processing. In addition, when the aforementioned adhesive layer is irradiated with light such as laser light, the component (B) in the adhesive layer absorbs the light, and the adhesive layer is deteriorated. Thereby, the adhesive force of the adhesive layer is reduced, and the semiconductor substrate and the like can be separated from the support. Therefore, no separation layer is required. In addition, since the aforementioned adhesive layer contains a urethane resin, the urethane bond can be decomposed by acid or alkali to decompose the adhesive layer. Therefore, even if the residue of the adhesive layer adheres to the semiconductor substrate or the like separated from the support, it can be cleaned by acid or alkali, and the residue of the adhesive layer can be easily removed.

(積層體) 本發明之第2態樣的積層體,其特徵係依據光透過的支撐體、接著層、及半導體基板或電子裝置的順序積層的積層體,前述接著層為第1態樣之接著劑組成物的硬化體。(Layered body) The laminated body of the second aspect of the present invention is characterized by a laminated body laminated in the order of a light-transmitting support, an adhesive layer, and a semiconductor substrate or an electronic device, and the adhesive layer is the adhesive composition of the first aspect The hardened body.

圖1表示第2態樣之積層體之一實施形態。 圖1所示積層體100,具備光透過的支撐體1、接著層3及半導體基板4。積層體100中,依據支撐體1、接著層3及半導體基板4的順序積層。Fig. 1 shows an embodiment of the laminate of the second aspect. The laminated body 100 shown in FIG. 1 includes a support 1 through which light passes, an adhesive layer 3 and a semiconductor substrate 4. In the laminated body 100, the supporting body 1, the adhesive layer 3, and the semiconductor substrate 4 are laminated in the order.

圖2表示第2態樣之積層體之其他的實施形態。 圖2所示積層體200係由半導體基板4、封裝材料層5及配線層6所構成之電子裝置456積層於接著層3上外,與積層體100同樣的構成。Fig. 2 shows another embodiment of the laminate of the second aspect. The laminated body 200 shown in FIG. 2 has an electronic device 456 composed of a semiconductor substrate 4, an encapsulating material layer 5, and a wiring layer 6 laminated on the adhesive layer 3 and has the same structure as the laminated body 100.

圖3表示第2態樣之積層體之其他的實施形態。 圖3所示積層體300,除電子裝置為配線層6所構成外,其餘與積層體100同樣的構成。Fig. 3 shows another embodiment of the laminate of the second aspect. The laminate 300 shown in FIG. 3 has the same structure as the laminate 100 except that the electronic device is composed of the wiring layer 6.

圖4表示第2態樣之積層體之其他的實施形態。 圖4所示積層體400係由配線層6、半導體基板4及封裝材料層5所構成的電子裝置645積層於接著層3上外,與積層體100同樣的構成。Fig. 4 shows another embodiment of the laminate of the second aspect. The laminated body 400 shown in FIG. 4 has an electronic device 645 composed of the wiring layer 6, the semiconductor substrate 4, and the encapsulating material layer 5 laminated on the adhesive layer 3, and has the same structure as the laminated body 100.

<支撐體> 支撐體係支撐半導體基板或電子裝置的構件。支撐體具有光透過的特性。支撐體係經由接著層,貼合於半導體基板或電子裝置。因此,作為支撐體,在裝置之薄化、半導體基板之搬送、對半導體基板之安裝等時,為了防止半導體基板之破損或變形,具有必要的強度為佳。 支撐體的材料,例如可使用玻璃、矽、丙烯酸系樹脂等。支撐體的形狀,可列舉例如矩形、圓形等,但是不限定於此等。作為支撐體,為了更高密度積體化或提高生產效率,可使用將圓形支撐體之大小大型化者,俯視之形狀為四角形之大型面板。<Support body> The support system supports the semiconductor substrate or the components of the electronic device. The support has the characteristic of light transmission. The support system is attached to the semiconductor substrate or electronic device through the adhesive layer. Therefore, as a support, it is better to have the necessary strength in order to prevent damage or deformation of the semiconductor substrate when the device is thinned, the semiconductor substrate is transported, and the semiconductor substrate is mounted. As the material of the support, for example, glass, silicon, acrylic resin, etc. can be used. The shape of the support includes, for example, a rectangle, a circle, etc., but it is not limited to these. As the support body, in order to achieve higher density integration or increase production efficiency, a large-scale panel with a rectangular shape when viewed from the top can be used by increasing the size of the circular support body.

<接著層> 接著層係為了將半導體基板或電子裝置暫時接著於支撐體而設置。接著層係上述第1實施形態之接著劑組成物的硬化體。第1實施形態之接著劑組成物之硬化,可藉由接著劑組成物之加熱來進行。接著層之厚度,例如較佳為1μm以上、200μm以下的範圍內,更佳為5μm以上、150μm以下之範圍內。<Adhesive layer> The subsequent layer is provided for temporarily attaching the semiconductor substrate or the electronic device to the support. The adhesive layer is a cured body of the adhesive composition of the first embodiment described above. The curing of the adhesive composition of the first embodiment can be performed by heating the adhesive composition. The thickness of the subsequent layer is, for example, preferably in the range of 1 μm or more and 200 μm or less, and more preferably in the range of 5 μm or more and 150 μm or less.

接著層如上述為接著劑組成物的硬化體,但是構成此接著層的材料(硬化體)滿足以下的特性為佳。 亦即,使用以下的條件測定硬化體之複數彈性模數時,200℃時之複數彈性模數,較佳為1.0×104 Pa以上,更佳為5.0×104 Pa以上,又更佳為1.0×105 Pa以上。此外,200℃時之複數彈性模數,更佳為1.0×106 Pa以上,又更佳為5.0×106 Pa以上,特佳為1.0×107 Pa以上。200℃時之複數彈性模數之上限值,例如為1.0×1010 Pa以下。 又,使用以下條件測定硬化體之複數彈性模數時,250℃時之複數彈性模數,較佳為5.0×106 Pa以上,更佳為1.0×107 Pa以上。250℃時之複數彈性模數之上限值,例如為1.0×1010 Pa以下。The adhesive layer is a cured body of the adhesive composition as described above, but the material (cured body) constituting the adhesive layer preferably satisfies the following characteristics. That is, when the complex modulus of elasticity of the hardened body is measured under the following conditions, the complex modulus of elasticity at 200°C is preferably 1.0×10 4 Pa or more, more preferably 5.0×10 4 Pa or more, and still more preferably 1.0×10 5 Pa or more. In addition, the complex modulus of elasticity at 200°C is more preferably 1.0×10 6 Pa or more, still more preferably 5.0×10 6 Pa or more, and particularly preferably 1.0×10 7 Pa or more. The upper limit of the complex modulus of elasticity at 200°C is, for example, 1.0×10 10 Pa or less. In addition, when the complex modulus of elasticity of the hardened body is measured under the following conditions, the complex modulus of elasticity at 250°C is preferably 5.0×10 6 Pa or more, and more preferably 1.0×10 7 Pa or more. The upper limit of the complex modulus of elasticity at 250°C is, for example, 1.0×10 10 Pa or less.

硬化體之複數彈性模數,可使用動態黏彈性測定裝置Rheogel-E4000(UBM股份公司製)測定。具體而言,將接著劑組成物塗佈於附脫模劑之PET薄膜上,藉由氮環境下的烤箱,於180℃加熱1小時,形成厚度50μm的試驗片,然後,針對自PET薄膜剝離後的試驗片(尺寸5mm×40mm、厚度50μm),可使用上述測定裝置測定。測定條件採用頻率1Hz之拉伸條件,由開始溫度50℃至300℃,以昇溫速度5℃/分鐘昇溫的條件即可。The complex elastic modulus of the hardened body can be measured using a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device Rheogel-E4000 (manufactured by UBM Co., Ltd.). Specifically, the adhesive composition was coated on a PET film with a release agent, heated at 180°C for 1 hour in an oven in a nitrogen environment, to form a test piece with a thickness of 50 μm, and then peeled off from the PET film. The latter test piece (size 5 mm×40 mm, thickness 50 μm) can be measured using the above-mentioned measuring device. The measurement condition adopts the stretching condition with a frequency of 1 Hz, and the temperature rises from the starting temperature of 50°C to 300°C and the temperature rise rate is 5°C/min.

<半導體基板或電子裝置> 半導體基板或電子裝置係經由接著層,暫時接著於支撐體。<Semiconductor substrate or electronic device> The semiconductor substrate or the electronic device is temporarily attached to the support via the adhesive layer.

≪半導體基板≫ 半導體基板無特別限制,例如與上述「(接著劑組成物)」例示者相同者。半導體基板可為半導體元件或其他的元件,可具有單層或複數層的構造。≪Semiconductor substrate≫ The semiconductor substrate is not particularly limited, and, for example, the same as those exemplified in the above-mentioned "(adhesive composition)". The semiconductor substrate may be a semiconductor element or another element, and may have a single-layer or multiple-layer structure.

≪電子裝置≫ 電子裝置無特別限制,例如與上述「(接著劑組成物)」例示者相同者。電子裝置,較佳為藉由金屬或半導體所構成的構件與將前述構件封裝或絕緣之樹脂的複合體。具體而言,電子裝置係含有封裝材料層及配線層之至少一者,進一步可含有半導體基板。 圖2所示積層體200中,電子裝置456係由半導體基板4與封裝材料層5、及配線層6所構成。圖3所示積層體300中,電子裝置6係藉由配線層6所構成。圖4所示積層體400中,電子裝置645係藉由配線層6、半導體基板4及封裝材料層5所構成。≪Electronic device≫ The electronic device is not particularly limited, and for example, the same as those exemplified in the above-mentioned "(adhesive composition)". The electronic device is preferably a composite of a member made of metal or semiconductor and a resin that encapsulates or insulates the aforementioned member. Specifically, the electronic device includes at least one of an encapsulating material layer and a wiring layer, and may further include a semiconductor substrate. In the laminated body 200 shown in FIG. 2, the electronic device 456 is composed of a semiconductor substrate 4, an encapsulating material layer 5, and a wiring layer 6. In the laminated body 300 shown in FIG. 3, the electronic device 6 is constituted by the wiring layer 6. In the laminated body 400 shown in FIG. 4, the electronic device 645 is composed of the wiring layer 6, the semiconductor substrate 4 and the packaging material layer 5.

[封裝材料層] 封裝材料層係為了封裝半導體基板而設置的,使用封裝材料所形成。封裝材料使用可將由金屬或半導體構成的構件絕緣或封裝的構件。 作為封裝材料,例如,可使用樹脂組成物。封裝材料層5並非設置於各個半導體基板4,而是將接著層3上之半導體基板4全部覆蓋的方式設置為佳。封裝材料所使用的樹脂,只要是可將金屬或半導體封裝及/或絕緣的樹脂即可,無特別限定,可列舉例如環氧系樹脂或聚矽氧系樹脂等。 封裝材料除了樹脂外,也可包含填料等其他的成分。填料可列舉例如球狀二氧化矽粒子等。[Packaging material layer] The packaging material layer is provided for packaging the semiconductor substrate, and is formed by using the packaging material. As the packaging material, a member that can insulate or encapsulate a member made of metal or semiconductor is used. As the packaging material, for example, a resin composition can be used. The packaging material layer 5 is not provided on each semiconductor substrate 4, but it is better to set the semiconductor substrate 4 on the adhesive layer 3 to cover all of it. The resin used for the encapsulating material is not particularly limited as long as it can encapsulate and/or insulate metals or semiconductors, and examples thereof include epoxy resins and silicone resins. In addition to resin, the packaging material may also contain other ingredients such as fillers. Examples of the filler include spherical silica particles.

≪配線層≫ 配線層也稱為RDL(Redistribution Layer:再配線層),構成與基板連接之配線之薄膜的配線體,可具有單層或多層的構造。配線層可在介電體(氧化矽(SiOx )、感光性環氧化物等之感光性樹脂等)之間利用導電體(例如,鋁、銅、鈦、鎳、金及銀等金屬以及銀-錫合金等之合金)形成配線者,但不限於此。≪Wiring layer≫ The wiring layer is also called RDL (Redistribution Layer). The wiring body that constitutes the thin film of the wiring connected to the substrate can have a single-layer or multi-layer structure. The wiring layer can use conductors (for example, metals such as aluminum, copper, titanium, nickel, gold, silver, etc.) between dielectrics (silicon oxide (SiO x ), photosensitive resins such as photosensitive epoxy, etc.) -Tin alloy and other alloys) forming wiring, but not limited to this.

又,圖1~圖4之積層體中,支撐體1與接著層3相鄰,但不限於此,支撐體1與接著層3之間也可再形成其他的層。此時,其他的層由光透過的材料所構成即可。藉此,不妨礙光入射於接著層3,可適當追加對積層體100~400賦予較佳性質等的層。依據構成接著層3之材料的種類,可使用之光的波長不同。因此,構成其他層的材料,不需透過所有波長的光,可適當地選自可使構成接著層3之材料變質之波長的光透過的材料。In addition, in the laminated body of FIGS. 1 to 4, the support 1 and the adhesive layer 3 are adjacent, but it is not limited to this, and another layer may be further formed between the support 1 and the adhesive layer 3. In this case, the other layers may be made of materials that transmit light. Thereby, without preventing light from being incident on the adhesive layer 3, it is possible to appropriately add a layer that imparts preferable properties to the layered body 100 to 400. Depending on the type of material constituting the adhesive layer 3, the wavelength of light that can be used is different. Therefore, the materials constituting the other layers do not need to transmit light of all wavelengths, and can be appropriately selected from materials that transmit light of wavelengths that can change the material constituting the adhesive layer 3.

(積層體之製造方法(1)) 本發明之第3態樣之積層體之製造方法係依序積層有光透過之支撐體、接著層及半導體基板之積層體之製造方法,其特徵係具有下述步驟:在前述支撐體或半導體基板上塗佈第1態樣之接著劑組成物,形成接著劑組成物層的步驟(以下,也稱為「接著劑組成物層形成步驟」);經由前述接著劑組成物層,將前述半導體基板載置於前述支撐體上的步驟(以下,也稱為「半導體基板載置步驟」);及藉由前述胺基甲酸酯樹脂之聚合反應使前述接著劑組成物層硬化,形成前述接著層的步驟(以下,也稱為「接著層形成步驟」)。(Manufacturing method of laminated body (1)) The manufacturing method of the laminated body of the third aspect of the present invention is a method of manufacturing a laminated body in which a light-transmitting support, an adhesive layer, and a semiconductor substrate are sequentially laminated, and is characterized by having the following steps: The step of coating the adhesive composition of the first aspect on a substrate to form an adhesive composition layer (hereinafter also referred to as "adhesive composition layer forming step"); through the adhesive composition layer, the semiconductor The step of placing the substrate on the support (hereinafter, also referred to as the "semiconductor substrate placing step"); and curing the adhesive composition layer by the polymerization reaction of the urethane resin to form the adhesive The step of layering (hereinafter, also referred to as "the next layer forming step").

圖5~6係說明本實施形態之積層體之製造方法之一實施形態的概略步驟圖。 圖5A~5B係說明依序積層有支撐體1、接著劑組成物層3’、及半導體基板4之積層體100’之製造步驟的圖。圖5A係說明接著劑組成物層形成步驟的圖。圖5B係說明半導體基板載置步驟的圖。 圖6係說明接著層形成步驟的圖。使積層體100’中之接著劑組成物層3’熱硬化形成接著層3,得到積層體100。Figs. 5 to 6 are schematic step diagrams for explaining one embodiment of the method of manufacturing the laminate of the present embodiment. 5A to 5B are diagrams illustrating the manufacturing steps of the laminate 100' in which the support 1, the adhesive composition layer 3', and the semiconductor substrate 4 are sequentially laminated. Fig. 5A is a diagram illustrating a step of forming an adhesive composition layer. FIG. 5B is a diagram illustrating the step of placing the semiconductor substrate. Fig. 6 is a diagram illustrating a step of forming a subsequent layer. The adhesive composition layer 3'in the laminated body 100' is thermally cured to form the adhesive layer 3, and the laminated body 100 is obtained.

[接著劑組成物層形成步驟] 本實施形態之積層體之製造方法包含接著劑組成物層形成步驟。接著劑組成物層形成步驟係在支撐體或半導體基板上塗佈接著劑組成物,形成接著劑組成物層的步驟。 圖5A中,使用接著劑組成物,在支撐體1上形成接著劑組成物層3’。[Adhesive composition layer forming step] The manufacturing method of the laminated body of this embodiment includes the step of forming an adhesive composition layer. The step of forming the adhesive composition layer is a step of applying the adhesive composition on the support or the semiconductor substrate to form the adhesive composition layer. In Fig. 5A, an adhesive composition is used to form an adhesive composition layer 3'on a support 1.

在支撐體12上形成接著劑組成物層3’方法,無特別限定,可列舉例如旋轉塗佈、浸漬、輥刀塗佈、噴霧塗佈、狹縫塗佈等的方法。 可使用同樣的方法,於半導體基板4上形成接著劑組成物層。The method of forming the adhesive composition layer 3'on the support 12 is not particularly limited, and examples include methods such as spin coating, dipping, roll coating, spray coating, and slit coating. The same method can be used to form an adhesive composition layer on the semiconductor substrate 4.

接著劑組成物層形成後,可進行烘烤處理。烘烤溫度條件係比後述之接著層形成步驟中之加熱溫度低的溫度。烘烤條件係因接著劑組成物所含有之硬化成分的種類而變化,可列舉例如70~100℃的溫度條件下1~10分鐘等。After the adhesive composition layer is formed, a baking treatment can be performed. The baking temperature condition is a temperature lower than the heating temperature in the subsequent layer forming step described later. The baking conditions vary depending on the type of the hardening component contained in the adhesive composition, and examples thereof include 1 to 10 minutes at a temperature of 70 to 100°C.

[半導體基板載置步驟] 本實施形態之積層體之製造方法包含半導體基板載置步驟。半導體基板載置步驟係經由接著劑組成物層將半導體基板載置於支撐體上的步驟。藉此,可得到積層體100’。 圖5(c)中,經由形成於支撐體1上之接著劑組成物層3’,半導體基板4載置於支撐體1上。[Semiconductor substrate placement step] The manufacturing method of the laminated body of this embodiment includes a semiconductor substrate mounting step. The semiconductor substrate mounting step is a step of mounting the semiconductor substrate on the support via the adhesive composition layer. In this way, a laminate 100' can be obtained. In FIG. 5(c), the semiconductor substrate 4 is placed on the support 1 via the adhesive composition layer 3'formed on the support 1. As shown in FIG.

經由接著劑組成物層3’,在支撐體1上載置半導體基板4的方法,無特別限定,作為將半導體基板配置於特定位置的方法,可採用通常使用的方法。The method of mounting the semiconductor substrate 4 on the support 1 via the adhesive composition layer 3'is not particularly limited, and as a method of arranging the semiconductor substrate at a specific position, a commonly used method can be adopted.

[接著層形成步驟] 本實施形態之積層體之製造方法,包含接著層形成步驟。接著層形成步驟係使接著劑組成物層中硬化,並形成接著層的步驟。藉此,可得到積層體100。 圖6中,藉由接著劑組成物層3’之硬化而形成接著層3。[Next layer formation step] The manufacturing method of the laminated body of this embodiment includes the step of forming an adhesive layer. The subsequent layer forming step is a step of hardening the adhesive composition layer to form an adhesive layer. In this way, the layered body 100 can be obtained. In Fig. 6, the adhesive layer 3 is formed by curing the adhesive composition layer 3'.

接著劑組成物層之硬化反應,可配合硬化成分的種類,選擇適當方法進行。The curing reaction of the adhesive composition layer can be carried out by selecting an appropriate method according to the type of curing component.

硬化成分為上述(a)的成分時,硬化反應可藉由加熱進行。加熱溫度可為(I)成分及(O)成分之交聯反應開始的溫度以上。例如,(I)成分包含封端聚異氰酸酯時,加熱溫度可為封端該封端聚異氰酸酯中之異氰酸酯基之熱解離性封端劑之解離溫度以上的溫度。此加熱溫度可因熱解離性封端劑之種類而改變,可列舉例如80℃以上、100℃以上、130℃以上、或150℃以上等。加熱溫度之上限,無特別限定,就能量消耗的觀點,可列舉例如350℃以下、300℃以下、或250℃以下等。加熱溫度之範圍,可列舉例如80~350℃、100~300℃、130~300℃、或150~300℃等。 加熱時間只要是(I)成分及(O)成分之熱硬化充分的時間時,即無特別限定。加熱時間例如可為15分鐘以上、30分鐘以上、或45分鐘以上等。加熱時間之上限,無特別限定,就作業效率等的觀點,例如可為120分鐘以下、100分鐘以下、80分鐘以下、或60分鐘以下等。加熱時間之範圍,可列舉例如15~120分鐘、30~120分鐘、或45~120分鐘等。When the hardening component is the above-mentioned (a) component, the hardening reaction can be carried out by heating. The heating temperature may be equal to or higher than the temperature at which the crosslinking reaction of the (I) component and (O) component starts. For example, when component (I) contains a blocked polyisocyanate, the heating temperature may be a temperature higher than the dissociation temperature of the thermally dissociable blocking agent that blocks isocyanate groups in the blocked polyisocyanate. The heating temperature can be changed depending on the type of the thermally dissociable end-capping agent, and examples thereof include 80°C or higher, 100°C or higher, 130°C or higher, or 150°C or higher. The upper limit of the heating temperature is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of energy consumption, for example, 350°C or lower, 300°C or lower, or 250°C or lower can be mentioned. Examples of the heating temperature range include 80 to 350°C, 100 to 300°C, 130 to 300°C, or 150 to 300°C. The heating time is not particularly limited as long as it is a time sufficient for thermal curing of the (I) component and (O) component. The heating time can be, for example, 15 minutes or more, 30 minutes or more, or 45 minutes or more. The upper limit of the heating time is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of work efficiency, for example, it may be 120 minutes or less, 100 minutes or less, 80 minutes or less, or 60 minutes or less. The range of the heating time includes, for example, 15 to 120 minutes, 30 to 120 minutes, or 45 to 120 minutes.

硬化成分為上述(b)的成分,(P1)成分包含甲基丙烯醯基或丙烯醯基時,硬化反應可藉由加熱進行。加熱溫度,可列舉例如80~350℃、100~300℃、130~ 300℃、或150~300℃等。加熱時間係(P1)成分進行聚合硬化所需之充分的時間時,即無特別限定。加熱時間,例如較佳為30~180分鐘,更佳為45~120分鐘,又更佳為60~ 120分鐘。前述硬化反應,例如可在氮環境下進行。The hardening component is the above-mentioned (b) component, and when the (P1) component contains a methacryl group or an acryl group, the hardening reaction can be performed by heating. The heating temperature includes, for example, 80 to 350°C, 100 to 300°C, 130 to 300°C, or 150 to 300°C. The heating time is not particularly limited when it is sufficient time required for the polymerization and curing of the component (P1). The heating time is, for example, preferably 30 to 180 minutes, more preferably 45 to 120 minutes, and still more preferably 60 to 120 minutes. The aforementioned hardening reaction can be carried out in a nitrogen environment, for example.

藉由本步驟,接著劑組成物層3’中之(I)成分及(O)成分、或(P1)成分進行交聯、硬化,形成接著劑組成物層3’之硬化體的接著層3。藉此,支撐體1與半導體基板4被暫時接著。結果可得到積層體100。In this step, the (I) component and (O) component, or (P1) component in the adhesive composition layer 3'are cross-linked and hardened to form the adhesive layer 3 of the hardened body of the adhesive composition layer 3'. Thereby, the support 1 and the semiconductor substrate 4 are temporarily bonded. As a result, a laminate 100 can be obtained.

又,硬化成分為上述(b)的成分,(B)成分包含(B1)成分時,接著劑組成物層3’中之(P1)成分及(B1)成分進行交聯、硬化,形成接著劑組成物層3’之硬化體的接著層3。藉此,支撐體1與半導體基板4被暫時接著。結果可得到積層體100。In addition, when the curing component is the above-mentioned (b) component, and when the (B) component contains the (B1) component, the (P1) component and (B1) component in the adhesive composition layer 3'are cross-linked and cured to form an adhesive The adhesive layer 3 of the hardened body of the composition layer 3'. Thereby, the support 1 and the semiconductor substrate 4 are temporarily bonded. As a result, a laminate 100 can be obtained.

[任意步驟] 本實施形態之積層體之製造方法,除上述步驟外,可包含其他的步驟。其他的步驟,可列舉例如各種機械或化學處理(研磨或化學機械研磨(CMP)等薄膜化處理、化學氣相沉積(CVD)或物理氣相沉積(PVD)等之高溫・真空下的處理、使用了有機溶劑、酸性處理液或鹼性處理液等之藥品的處理、電鍍處理、活性光線的照射、加熱・冷卻處理等)等。[Any step] The manufacturing method of the laminated body of this embodiment may include other steps in addition to the above-mentioned steps. Other steps include, for example, various mechanical or chemical treatments (thin filming treatments such as polishing or chemical mechanical polishing (CMP), chemical vapor deposition (CVD) or physical vapor deposition (PVD), high temperature, vacuum treatment, etc.) Treatment with chemicals such as organic solvents, acidic treatment liquids or alkaline treatment liquids, electroplating treatments, active light irradiation, heating and cooling treatments, etc.).

(積層體之製造方法(2)) 本發明之第4態樣之層合體之製造方法,其特徵在於藉由前述第3態樣之積層體之製造方法得到積層體後,進一步具有形成電子裝置的電子裝置形成步驟,前述電子裝置為藉由金屬或半導體構成的構件與將前述構件封裝或絕緣之樹脂的複合體。(Manufacturing method of laminated body (2)) The fourth aspect of the method of manufacturing a laminate of the present invention is characterized in that after the laminate is obtained by the method of manufacturing the laminate of the third aspect, there is an electronic device forming step for forming an electronic device. The electronic device is A composite of a member made of metal or semiconductor and a resin that encapsulates or insulates the aforementioned member.

藉由本實施形態之積層體之製造方法所得的積層體係依據支撐體、接著層及電子裝置之順序積層的積層體。該積層體可對於前述第3態樣之積層體之製造方法所得之積層體,藉由進行電子裝置形成步驟而得到。The laminate system obtained by the method of manufacturing the laminate of this embodiment is a laminate in which the support, the adhesive layer, and the electronic device are laminated in the order. This laminated body can be obtained by performing an electronic device forming step with respect to the laminated body obtained by the manufacturing method of the laminated body of the said 3rd aspect.

[電子裝置形成步驟] 本實施形態之積層體之製造方法,包含電子裝置形成步驟。電子裝置形成步驟係形成藉由金屬或半導體所構成之構件與將前述構件封裝或絕緣之樹脂之複合體的電子裝置的步驟。 電子裝置形成步驟,可包含封裝步驟、磨削步驟、配線層形成步驟之任一者。一實施態樣中,電子裝置形成步驟,包含基板固定步驟及封裝步驟。此時,電子裝置形成步驟,可進一步包含磨削步驟及配線層形成步驟。[Electronic Device Formation Step] The manufacturing method of the laminated body of this embodiment includes the step of forming an electronic device. The electronic device forming step is a step of forming an electronic device that is a composite of a member made of metal or semiconductor and a resin that encapsulates or insulates the aforementioned member. The electronic device forming step may include any one of a packaging step, a grinding step, and a wiring layer forming step. In one embodiment, the electronic device forming step includes a substrate fixing step and a packaging step. At this time, the electronic device forming step may further include a grinding step and a wiring layer forming step.

・關於封裝步驟 封裝步驟係使用封裝材料將固定於支撐體上的基板進行封裝的步驟。 圖7A中,得到經由接著層3暫時接著於支撐體1之半導體基板4整體,藉由封裝材料層5封裝的積層體110。・About the packaging procedure The packaging step is a step of packaging the substrate fixed on the support using a packaging material. In FIG. 7A, the entire semiconductor substrate 4 temporarily attached to the support 1 via the adhesive layer 3 and the laminated body 110 encapsulated by the encapsulating material layer 5 is obtained.

封裝步驟中,例如加熱至130~170℃的封裝材料,在維持高黏度的狀態,同時覆蓋半導體基板4的方式,被供給至接著層3上,藉由壓縮成型,製作在接著層3上設置有封裝材料層5的層合體110。 此時,溫度條件例如為130~170℃。 施加於半導體基板4的壓力,例如為50~500N/cm2In the encapsulation step, for example, the encapsulation material heated to 130~170°C is supplied to the adhesive layer 3 while maintaining a high viscosity state while covering the semiconductor substrate 4, and is formed on the adhesive layer 3 by compression molding. There is a laminate 110 of the encapsulating material layer 5. At this time, the temperature condition is, for example, 130 to 170°C. The pressure applied to the semiconductor substrate 4 is, for example, 50 to 500 N/cm 2 .

封裝材料層5較佳為以覆蓋接著層3上之半導體基板4全部的方式設置,而非設置於各半導體基板4上。The encapsulating material layer 5 is preferably provided in a manner to cover the entire semiconductor substrate 4 on the adhesive layer 3, rather than being provided on each semiconductor substrate 4.

・關於磨削步驟 磨削步驟係在前述封裝步驟後,使半導體基板之一部分露出的方式,磨削封裝體中之封裝材料部分(封裝材料層5)的步驟。 例如,如圖7B所示,封裝材料部分之磨削係將封裝材料層5削至與半導體基板4大致同等的厚度。・About the grinding step The grinding step is a step of grinding the packaging material part (the packaging material layer 5) in the package body by exposing a part of the semiconductor substrate after the aforementioned packaging step. For example, as shown in FIG. 7B, the grinding of the packaging material part is to cut the packaging material layer 5 to approximately the same thickness as the semiconductor substrate 4.

・關於配線層形成步驟 配線層形成步驟係在前述磨削步驟後,在前述露出的半導體基板上形成配線層的步驟。 圖7C中,在半導體基板4及封裝材料層5上形成配線層6。藉此,可得到層合體120。層合體120中,半導體基板4、封裝材料層5及配線層6構成電子裝置456。・About the wiring layer formation procedure The wiring layer forming step is a step of forming a wiring layer on the exposed semiconductor substrate after the grinding step. In FIG. 7C, a wiring layer 6 is formed on the semiconductor substrate 4 and the encapsulating material layer 5. As shown in FIG. Thereby, the laminated body 120 can be obtained. In the laminate 120, the semiconductor substrate 4, the encapsulating material layer 5, and the wiring layer 6 constitute an electronic device 456.

形成配線層6的方法,可列舉例如以下的方法。 首先,在封裝材料層5上形成氧化矽(SiOx )、感光性樹脂等的介電體層。由氧化矽所構成的介電體層,例如可利用濺鍍法、真空蒸鍍法等來形成。由感光性樹脂所構成的介電體層,例如可藉由利用旋轉塗佈、浸漬、輥刀塗佈、噴霧塗佈、狹縫塗佈等方法,在封裝材料層5上塗佈感光性樹脂而形成。The method of forming the wiring layer 6 includes, for example, the following methods. First, a dielectric layer of silicon oxide (SiO x ), photosensitive resin, or the like is formed on the sealing material layer 5. The dielectric layer made of silicon oxide can be formed by, for example, a sputtering method, a vacuum evaporation method, or the like. The dielectric layer composed of photosensitive resin can be obtained by coating photosensitive resin on the sealing material layer 5 by, for example, spin coating, dipping, roll coating, spray coating, slit coating, etc. form.

接著,在介電體層上,藉由金屬等導電體形成配線。形成配線的方法,例如,可使用光微影(阻劑微影)等之微影處理、蝕刻處理等已知的半導體製程方法。這種微影處理,可列舉例如使用了正型抗蝕劑材料的微影處理、使用了負型抗蝕劑材料的微影處理。Next, on the dielectric layer, wiring is formed with a conductor such as metal. As a method of forming wiring, for example, a known semiconductor manufacturing process method such as photolithography (resist lithography), etc., lithography processing, etching processing, and the like can be used. Such lithography processing includes, for example, lithography processing using a positive type resist material and lithography processing using a negative type resist material.

本實施形態之積層體之製造方法,可進一步在配線層6上形成凸塊或安裝元件。元件安裝於配線層6上,例如可使用貼片機(chip mounter)等進行。In the method of manufacturing the laminate of this embodiment, bumps or mounting components can be further formed on the wiring layer 6. The components are mounted on the wiring layer 6, for example, using a chip mounter or the like.

(積層體之製造方法(3)) 本發明之第5態樣之積層體之製造方法係依序積層有支撐體、接著層及電子裝置之積層體的製造方法,其特徵係具有下述步驟:在前述支撐體上塗佈前述第1態樣之接著劑組成物,形成前述接著劑組成物之層的步驟(接著劑組成物層形成步驟);在前述接著劑組成物層上形成電子裝置的電子裝置形成步驟(電子裝置形成步驟),前述電子裝置為由金屬或半導體所構成的構件與將前述構件封裝或絕緣之樹脂所形成的複合體;及,使前述接著劑組成物層硬化形成接著層的步驟(接著層形成步驟)。(Manufacturing method of laminate (3)) The manufacturing method of the laminate of the fifth aspect of the present invention is a method of manufacturing a laminate in which a support, an adhesive layer, and an electronic device are sequentially laminated, and is characterized by the following steps: coating the support on the support 1 aspect of the adhesive composition, the step of forming the layer of the aforementioned adhesive composition (adhesive composition layer forming step); the electronic device forming step of forming an electronic device on the aforementioned adhesive composition layer (the electronic device forming step ), the aforementioned electronic device is a composite of a member made of metal or semiconductor and a resin that encapsulates or insulates the aforementioned member; and, the step of hardening the aforementioned adhesive composition layer to form an adhesive layer (the step of forming an adhesive layer) .

藉由本實施形態之積層體之製造方法所得之積層體係與前述第4態樣之製造方法同樣,依序積層有支撐體、接著層及電子裝置的積層體。The layered system obtained by the method of manufacturing the layered body of this embodiment is the same as the method of manufacturing of the aforementioned fourth aspect, in which a layered body of a support, an adhesive layer, and an electronic device is sequentially laminated.

本實施形態之製造方法中,接著劑組成物層形成步驟,可與前述第3態樣之積層體之製造方法同樣進行。In the manufacturing method of this embodiment, the step of forming the adhesive composition layer can be performed in the same manner as the manufacturing method of the laminate of the third aspect described above.

本實施形態之製造方法中,接著劑組成物層形成步驟後,進行電子裝置形成步驟。此電子裝置形成步驟,可包含配線層形成步驟。電子裝置形成步驟,進一步可含有半導體基板載置步驟、封裝步驟、及磨削步驟等。又,電子裝置形成步驟,也可為半導體基板以封裝材料封裝的封裝體經由接著劑組成物層,載置於支撐體上的步驟。In the manufacturing method of this embodiment, after the adhesive composition layer forming step, the electronic device forming step is performed. This electronic device forming step may include a wiring layer forming step. The electronic device forming step may further include a semiconductor substrate mounting step, a packaging step, and a grinding step. In addition, the step of forming an electronic device may also be a step in which a package body encapsulated by a semiconductor substrate with a package material is placed on a support via an adhesive composition layer.

接著層形成步驟可與前述第3態樣之積層體之製造方法中之接著層形成步驟同樣地進行。The subsequent layer forming step can be performed in the same manner as the subsequent layer forming step in the above-mentioned third aspect of the manufacturing method of the laminated body.

在接著層形成步驟後,必要時可進一步進行電子裝置形成步驟。此電子裝置形成步驟例如可包括半導體基板載置步驟、封裝步驟及磨削步驟等。After the subsequent layer forming step, an electronic device forming step can be further performed if necessary. This electronic device forming step may include, for example, a semiconductor substrate mounting step, a packaging step, a grinding step, and the like.

依據前述第3~第5態樣之積層體之製造方法時,經由耐熱性高的接著層,支撐體與半導體基板或電子裝置被暫時接著,因此,可穩定地製造依序積層支撐體、接著層、半導體基板或電子裝置而成的積層體。該積層體係在基於扇出型技術(設置於半導體基板的端子安裝在向晶片區域外擴展的配線層上)的過程中製作的積層體。According to the above-mentioned third to fifth aspect of the manufacturing method of the laminated body, the support body is temporarily bonded to the semiconductor substrate or the electronic device through the adhesive layer with high heat resistance. Therefore, the sequential laminated support body and the adhesive can be stably manufactured Layers, semiconductor substrates, or laminates of electronic devices. This laminate system is a laminate produced in a process based on a fan-out technology (terminals provided on a semiconductor substrate are mounted on a wiring layer that extends outside the wafer area).

(電子零件之製造方法) 本發明之第6態樣之電子零件之製造方法,其特徵為具有以下步驟:藉由前述第3~第5之任一之態樣之積層體的製造方法得到積層體後,經由前述支撐體,將光照射於前述接著層,使前述接著層變質,分離前述電子裝置與前述支撐體的步驟(以下也稱為「分離步驟」)與將前述接著層中之胺基甲酸酯鍵以酸或鹼分解,去除前述接著層的步驟(以下也稱為「接著層去除步驟」)。(Method of manufacturing electronic parts) The manufacturing method of the electronic component of the sixth aspect of the present invention is characterized by having the following steps: after obtaining the laminated body by the method of manufacturing the laminated body of any one of the third to fifth aspects, passing the support body , The step of irradiating light on the adhesive layer to change the quality of the adhesive layer, separating the electronic device from the support (hereinafter also referred to as the "separation step") and bonding the urethane in the adhesive layer to acid Or the step of alkali decomposition and removal of the aforementioned adhesive layer (hereinafter also referred to as "adhesive layer removal step").

圖8係說明半導體封裝(電子零件)之製造方法之一實施形態的概略步驟圖。圖8A表示積層體120的圖,圖8B係說明分離步驟的圖,圖8C係說明接著劑去去步驟的圖。Fig. 8 is a schematic step diagram illustrating an embodiment of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor package (electronic component). FIG. 8A shows a view of the layered body 120, FIG. 8B is a diagram illustrating the separation step, and FIG. 8C is a diagram illustrating the adhesive removing step.

[分離步驟] 分離步驟係經由支撐體1,對接著層3照射光(箭頭),使接著層3變質,分離電子裝置456與支撐體1的步驟。 如圖8A所示,分離步驟中,經由光透過的支撐體1,對接著層3照射光(箭頭),使接著層3變質。[Separation step] The separation step is a step of irradiating the adhesive layer 3 with light (arrow) through the support 1 to alter the quality of the adhesive layer 3 and separating the electronic device 456 and the support 1. As shown in FIG. 8A, in the separation step, the adhesive layer 3 is irradiated with light (arrow) through the support 1 through which the light passes, and the adhesive layer 3 is changed in quality.

分離步驟使用之光的波長係依據接著層3所含有之(B)成分吸收之光的波長選擇即可。例如,可使用300~800nm之波長範圍的光。 照射之光的種類只要依據支撐體1之透過性適宜選擇即可,例如,可使用YAG雷射、紅寶石雷射、玻璃雷射、YVO4 雷射、LD雷射、光纖雷射等之固體雷射、色素雷射等之液體雷射、CO2 雷射、準分子雷射、Ar雷射、He-Ne雷射等之氣體雷射、半導體雷射、自由電子雷射等之雷射光、非雷射光。藉此,使接著層3變質,可使支撐體1與電子裝置456容易地分離的狀態。The wavelength of the light used in the separation step may be selected according to the wavelength of the light absorbed by the component (B) contained in the adhesive layer 3. For example, light in the wavelength range of 300 to 800 nm can be used. The type of light to be irradiated can be appropriately selected according to the permeability of the support 1. For example, solid lasers such as YAG lasers, ruby lasers, glass lasers, YVO 4 lasers, LD lasers, and fiber lasers can be used. Lasers, pigment lasers and other liquid lasers, CO 2 lasers, excimer lasers, Ar lasers, He-Ne lasers and other gas lasers, semiconductor lasers, free electron lasers, etc. laser. Thereby, the adhesive layer 3 is changed in quality, and the support 1 and the electronic device 456 can be easily separated from each other.

照射雷射光時,雷射光照射條件之一例,可列舉以下的條件。 雷射光之平均輸出值,較佳為1.0W以上、5.0W以下,更佳為3.0W以上、4.0W以下。雷射光之重複頻率,較佳為20kHz以上、60kHz以下,更佳為30kHz以上、50kHz以下。雷射光之掃描速度,較佳為100mm/s以上、10000 mm/s以下。When irradiating laser light, one example of laser light irradiation conditions includes the following conditions. The average output value of the laser light is preferably 1.0W or more and 5.0W or less, and more preferably 3.0W or more and 4.0W or less. The repetition frequency of the laser light is preferably above 20 kHz and below 60 kHz, more preferably above 30 kHz and below 50 kHz. The scanning speed of the laser light is preferably above 100 mm/s and below 10000 mm/s.

對接著層3照射光(箭頭),使接著層3變質後,如圖8B所示,將支撐體1自電子裝置456分離。 例如,藉由使支撐體1與電子裝置456互相分離的方向施加力,分離支撐體1與電子裝置456。具體而言,支撐體1或電子裝置456側(配線層6)之一者固定於載台的狀態下,將另一者在利用具備波紋管墊等之吸附墊的分離板保持吸附同時提起,藉此可分離支撐基體1與電子裝置456。 對積層體200施加的力,依據積層體200之大小等適宜調整即可,無特別限定,例如,直徑為300mm左右的積層體時,藉由施加0.1~5kgf(0.98~49N)左右的力,可使支撐體1與電子裝置456合適地分離。After the adhesive layer 3 is irradiated with light (arrow) to change the quality of the adhesive layer 3, the support 1 is separated from the electronic device 456 as shown in FIG. 8B. For example, by applying force in a direction in which the support 1 and the electronic device 456 are separated from each other, the support 1 and the electronic device 456 are separated. Specifically, in a state where one of the support 1 or the side of the electronic device 456 (wiring layer 6) is fixed to the stage, the other is held up while being sucked by a separation plate equipped with an adsorption pad such as a bellows pad, Thereby, the supporting base 1 and the electronic device 456 can be separated. The force applied to the laminated body 200 can be appropriately adjusted according to the size of the laminated body 200, etc., and is not particularly limited. For example, for a laminated body with a diameter of about 300 mm, a force of about 0.1 to 5 kgf (0.98 to 49 N) can be applied. The supporting body 1 can be appropriately separated from the electronic device 456.

[接著層去去步驟] 本實施形態之電子零件之製造方法,具有接著層去除步驟。接著層去除步驟係接著層中之胺基甲酸酯鍵藉由酸或鹼分解,去除前述接著層的步驟。 圖8B中,分離步驟後,接著層3附著於電子裝置456。本步驟中,藉由使用酸或鹼,分離接著層3,去除接著層3,得到電子零件50。[Next go to step] The manufacturing method of the electronic component of this embodiment has an adhesive layer removal step. The subsequent layer removal step is a step in which the urethane bond in the adhesive layer is decomposed by acid or alkali to remove the aforementioned adhesive layer. In FIG. 8B, after the separation step, the layer 3 is then attached to the electronic device 456. In this step, the adhesive layer 3 is separated by using an acid or alkali, and the adhesive layer 3 is removed to obtain the electronic component 50.

本步驟中,以酸或鹼分解接著層3中之胺基甲酸酯鍵。接著層3含有藉由上述(I)成分及(O)成分之共聚合所形成的胺基甲酸酯樹脂、或藉由上述(P1)成分之聚合所形成的交聯型胺基甲酸酯樹脂。此等之胺基甲酸酯樹脂,藉由酸或鹼處理,胺基甲酸酯鍵會切斷分解。藉此,分解接著層3,可去除附著於電子裝置456之接著層3的殘渣。In this step, the urethane bond in the adhesive layer 3 is decomposed by acid or alkali. The subsequent layer 3 contains a urethane resin formed by the copolymerization of the above-mentioned component (I) and (O), or a cross-linked urethane formed by the polymerization of the above-mentioned component (P1) Resin. For these urethane resins, the urethane bond is cut and decomposed by acid or alkali treatment. Thereby, the adhesive layer 3 is decomposed, and the residue attached to the adhesive layer 3 of the electronic device 456 can be removed.

本步驟使用的酸或鹼,只要是可分解胺基甲酸酯鍵者時,即無特別限定。可分解胺基甲酸酯鍵的酸,可列舉例如鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸等,但是不限定於此等。又,可分解胺基甲酸酯鍵的鹼,可列舉氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鈉等之無機鹼;及氫氧化四甲銨、單乙醇胺等之有機胺類,但是不限定於此等。The acid or base used in this step is not particularly limited as long as it can decompose the urethane bond. The acid that can decompose the urethane bond includes, for example, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, etc., but is not limited to these. In addition, examples of bases capable of decomposing urethane bonds include inorganic bases such as potassium hydroxide and sodium hydroxide; and organic amines such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide and monoethanolamine, but are not limited to these.

前述酸或鹼係溶解於溶劑,可作為接著層去除用的處理液使用。前述溶劑,較佳為極性溶劑,可列舉例如二甲基亞碸(DMSO)、N-甲基吡咯烷酮(NMP)、二乙二醇單丁醚、二乙二醇、乙二醇、丙二醇等。 前述接著劑去除用處理液,除上述成分外,也可含有界面活性劑等之公知的添加劑。 前述處理液中之酸或鹼之含量,無特別限定,可列舉例如1~50質量%。又,前述處理液中之極性溶劑的含量,可列舉50~99質量%。 接著層去除用之處理液,可使用市售之鹼性處理液或酸性處理液。市售之處理液,可列舉例如ST-120、ST-121(均為東京應化工業公司製)等。 藉由使包含酸或鹼之如前述的處理液接觸接著層3,接著層3中之胺基甲酸酯鍵被分解,可去除接著層3。The aforementioned acid or alkali is dissolved in a solvent and can be used as a treatment liquid for adhesive layer removal. The aforementioned solvent is preferably a polar solvent, and examples thereof include dimethylsulfene (DMSO), N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol, ethylene glycol, and propylene glycol. The aforementioned treatment liquid for adhesive removal may contain well-known additives such as surfactants in addition to the above-mentioned components. The content of the acid or alkali in the treatment liquid is not particularly limited, and it can be, for example, 1 to 50% by mass. In addition, the content of the polar solvent in the treatment liquid may be 50 to 99% by mass. The treatment liquid for subsequent layer removal can be a commercially available alkaline treatment liquid or acidic treatment liquid. Examples of commercially available treatment liquids include ST-120 and ST-121 (all manufactured by Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd.). The adhesive layer 3 is decomposed by the treatment liquid containing acid or alkali as described above, and the urethane bond in the adhesive layer 3 is decomposed, and the adhesive layer 3 can be removed.

本實施形態之電子零件之製造方法係在上述接著層去除步驟後,可進一步對電子零件50,形成錫球(solder ball),進行切割、或氧化膜形成等的處理。In the method of manufacturing an electronic component of this embodiment, after the above-mentioned adhesive layer removal step, the electronic component 50 can be further processed to form a solder ball, cut, or form an oxide film.

依據本實施形態之電子零件之製造方法時,使用含有(a)光吸收劑、聚異氰酸酯、及多元醇、或(b)光吸收劑、包含聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵之胺基甲酸酯樹脂、及聚合起始劑的接著劑組成物,藉由使前述接著劑組成物硬化,暫時接著半導體基板等與支撐體。因此,可形成可耐電子裝置形成步驟等中之高溫處理之耐熱性高的接著層。 又,前述接著劑組成物含有光吸收劑,因此,藉由照射光,接著層產生變質,接著力降低。因此,即使無分離層,也可容易分離暫時接著的半導體基板等與支撐體。 此外,自支撐體分離的半導體基板等所附著之接著層之殘渣,可藉由酸或鹼分解前述接著層中之胺基甲酸酯鍵,而容易去除。 [實施例]According to the method of manufacturing electronic parts of this embodiment, urethane containing (a) light absorber, polyisocyanate, and polyol, or (b) light absorber, containing polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds is used The adhesive composition of the ester resin and the polymerization initiator hardens the aforementioned adhesive composition to temporarily bond the semiconductor substrate and the like to the support. Therefore, it is possible to form an adhesive layer with high heat resistance that can withstand high-temperature processing in the steps of forming electronic devices and the like. In addition, the aforementioned adhesive composition contains a light absorber, and therefore, the adhesive layer is deteriorated by light irradiation, and the adhesive force is reduced. Therefore, even if there is no separation layer, it is possible to easily separate the temporarily bonded semiconductor substrate or the like from the support. In addition, the residue of the adhesive layer attached to the semiconductor substrate and the like separated from the support can be easily removed by decomposing the urethane bond in the adhesive layer by acid or alkali. [Example]

以下,藉由實施例更詳細地說明本發明,但本發明不限於此等例子。Hereinafter, the present invention will be explained in more detail through examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.

<胺基甲酸酯樹脂((P1)成分)之合成例> 在具備攪拌機、滴下漏斗、冷凝管及溫度計之燒瓶中,添加丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)、蓖麻油改性二醇36份、聚碳酸酯二醇(Mw1,000)17份、季戊四醇二丙烯酸酯18份、新戊二醇1份及抑制劑,氮氣流下,均勻地混合。接著,將二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯(MDI)7份、及氫化亞二甲苯基二異氰酸酯(H6XDI)21份投入滴下漏斗中,花費30分鐘等速滴下。滴下終了後,熟成30分鐘。然後,添加鉍觸媒,昇溫至65℃,熟成4~5小時。接著,添加2HEA (丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯),熟成1小時,在異氰酸酯基(NCO)消失的時點結束反應。所得之胺基甲酸酯樹脂(P1)-1之重量平均分子量(Mw)為20,000。胺基甲酸酯樹脂(P1)-1之C=C當量(聚合性碳-碳雙鍵每1當量之胺基甲酸酯樹脂的分子量)為600g/eq.。<Synthesis example of urethane resin ((P1) component)> Add propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), 36 parts of castor oil modified glycol, 17 parts of polycarbonate diol (Mw1,000), and pentaerythritol in a flask equipped with a stirrer, dropping funnel, condenser and thermometer. 18 parts of diacrylate, 1 part of neopentyl glycol and inhibitor are mixed uniformly under nitrogen flow. Next, 7 parts of diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI) and 21 parts of hydrogenated xylylene diisocyanate (H6XDI) were put into the dropping funnel and dropped at a constant speed over 30 minutes. After the dripping is over, mature for 30 minutes. Then, the bismuth catalyst is added, the temperature is raised to 65°C, and the maturation is 4 to 5 hours. Next, 2HEA (2-hydroxyethyl acrylate) was added and aged for 1 hour, and the reaction was terminated when the isocyanate group (NCO) disappeared. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the obtained urethane resin (P1)-1 was 20,000. The C=C equivalent of the urethane resin (P1)-1 (the molecular weight of the polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond per equivalent of the urethane resin) is 600g/eq.

上述胺基甲酸酯樹脂(P1)-1之合成使用的聚碳酸酯二醇(Mw1,000)為以下之式(PC-1-1)表示之聚碳酸酯二醇的(R=-(CH2 )6 -,-(CH2 )5 -)。The polycarbonate diol (Mw1,000) used in the synthesis of the above-mentioned urethane resin (P1)-1 is the polycarbonate diol represented by the following formula (PC-1-1) (R=-( CH 2 ) 6 -, -(CH 2 ) 5 -).

Figure 02_image037
Figure 02_image037

<接著劑組成物之調製(1)> (實施例1~6、比較例1) 混合表1所示之成分,分別調製各例的接著劑組成物。更具體而言,如以下調製。首先,將(P1)成分、(A)成分、(Ad)成分、及(S)成分以表1所記載的調配量混合。接著,以表1所記載的比例添加(B)成分,使組成物全體均勻混合。<Preparation of adhesive composition (1)> (Examples 1 to 6, Comparative Example 1) The components shown in Table 1 were mixed to prepare the adhesive composition of each example. More specifically, it is modulated as follows. First, (P1) component, (A) component, (Ad) component, and (S) component were mixed by the compounding quantity described in Table 1. Next, the component (B) was added in the ratio described in Table 1, and the whole composition was uniformly mixed.

Figure 02_image039
Figure 02_image039

表1中,各簡稱分別具有以下的意味。[ ]內之數值為調配量(質量份)。又,( )內之wt%的數值係相對於接著劑組成物之總質量(100質量%)之顏料固體成分的比例(質量%)。 (P1)-1:上述合成例合成的胺基甲酸酯樹脂(P1)-1。 (A)-1:過氧化物(Percumyl (註冊商標)D、日本油脂股份公司)。 (Ad)-1:聚酯改性聚二甲基矽氧烷(BYK-310(商品名)、BYK-Chemie公司)。 (S)-1:PGMEA(丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯)。 (B)-1:碳黑(丙烯酸系樹脂分散 體積平均粒徑150nm以下)。 (B)-2:苝系黑色顏料(體積平均粒徑150nm)。In Table 1, each abbreviation has the following meanings. The value in [] is the blending amount (parts by mass). In addition, the value of wt% in () is the ratio (mass%) of the pigment solid content relative to the total mass (100% by mass) of the adhesive composition. (P1)-1: The urethane resin (P1)-1 synthesized in the above synthesis example. (A)-1: peroxide (Percumyl (registered trademark) D, Nippon Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.). (Ad)-1: Polyester modified polydimethylsiloxane (BYK-310 (trade name), BYK-Chemie). (S)-1: PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate). (B)-1: Carbon black (acrylic resin dispersed volume average particle size 150 nm or less). (B)-2: Perylene-based black pigment (volume average particle diameter 150 nm).

<評價> ≪光透過率之測定≫ 藉由旋轉塗佈機法,將各例的接著劑組成物分別塗佈於裸玻璃(bare glass)支撐體上。藉由氮環境下之烤箱,以180℃加熱1小時使硬化,分別形成具有表2所記載之膜厚的接著層。對於前述接著層,使用分光分析測定裝置UV-3600(股份公司島津製作所製),藉由照射波長380~780nm的光,評價波長532nm之光的透過率。結果如表2所示。<Evaluation> ≪Measurement of light transmittance≫ The adhesive composition of each example was respectively coated on a bare glass support body by a spin coater method. It was cured by heating at 180°C for 1 hour in an oven in a nitrogen environment, and the adhesive layers each having the film thickness described in Table 2 were formed. For the aforementioned adhesive layer, using a spectroscopic analyzer UV-3600 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 532 nm was evaluated by irradiating light with a wavelength of 380 to 780 nm. The results are shown in Table 2.

Figure 02_image041
Figure 02_image041

由表2所示的結果,使用實施例1~6之接著劑組成物形成的接著層,光透過率大幅降低,確認吸收波長532nm的光。From the results shown in Table 2, the light transmittance of the adhesive layer formed using the adhesive composition of Examples 1 to 6 was significantly reduced, and it was confirmed that light having a wavelength of 532 nm was absorbed.

≪洗淨性之評價≫ 藉由旋轉塗佈機法,將實施例6之接著劑組成物塗佈玻璃支撐體(尺寸直徑30cm、厚度700μm)上。藉由氮環境下之烤箱,以180℃加熱1小時使硬化,形成接著層(膜厚18μm)。將此接著層形成後之支撐體在50℃下,以處理液(氫氧化四甲銨(TMAH)相對於N-甲基吡咯烷酮(NMP)及二甲基亞碸(DMSO)、丙二醇(PG)之混合溶劑(NMP:DMS:PG =10:78:12(質量比)),以2質量%的濃度稀釋者)處理,測定完全溶解的時間。由對於膜厚之溶解時間,算出接著層之溶解速度。溶解速度50nm/sec以上時,判斷洗淨性良好。 前述接著層之溶解速度為70nm/sec。因此,確認使用實施例6之接著劑組成物形成之接著層的洗淨性良好。≪Evaluation of Detergency≫ The adhesive composition of Example 6 was coated on a glass support (a size of 30 cm in diameter, and a thickness of 700 μm) by a spin coater method. It was cured by heating at 180°C for 1 hour in an oven in a nitrogen environment to form an adhesive layer (film thickness 18μm). After the bonding layer is formed, the support body is at 50 ℃, and the treatment liquid (tetramethyl ammonium hydroxide (TMAH) is compared with N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), dimethyl sulfide (DMSO), propylene glycol (PG) The mixed solvent (NMP:DMS:PG =10:78:12 (mass ratio)), diluted with a concentration of 2% by mass), was used to determine the time to complete dissolution. From the dissolution time for the film thickness, calculate the dissolution rate of the adhesive layer. When the dissolution rate is 50 nm/sec or more, it is judged that the cleaning performance is good. The dissolution rate of the aforementioned adhesive layer is 70 nm/sec. Therefore, it was confirmed that the adhesive layer formed using the adhesive composition of Example 6 has good cleaning properties.

<接著劑組成物之調製(2)> (實施例7~9、比較例2) 混合表3所示之成分,分別調製各例的接著劑組成物。<Preparation of adhesive composition (2)> (Examples 7-9, Comparative Example 2) The components shown in Table 3 were mixed to prepare the adhesive composition of each example.

Figure 02_image043
Figure 02_image043

表3中,各簡稱分別具有以下的意義。[ ]內之數值為調配量(質量份)。 (P1)-1:以上述合成例合成的胺基甲酸酯樹脂(P1)-1。 (A)-1:過氧化物(Percumyl (註冊商標)D、日本油脂股份公司)。 (Ad)-1:聚酯改性聚二甲基矽氧烷(BYK-310(商品名)、BYK-Chemie公司)。 (S)-1:PGMEA(丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯)。 (B1)-1:下述化合物(B1-1)。In Table 3, each abbreviation has the following meanings. The value in [] is the blending amount (parts by mass). (P1)-1: Urethane resin (P1)-1 synthesized in the above synthesis example. (A)-1: peroxide (Percumyl (registered trademark) D, Nippon Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.). (Ad)-1: Polyester modified polydimethylsiloxane (BYK-310 (trade name), BYK-Chemie). (S)-1: PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate). (B1)-1: The following compound (B1-1).

Figure 02_image045
Figure 02_image045

<評價> ≪光透過率之測定≫ 藉由旋轉塗佈機法,將各例的接著劑組成物分別塗佈於裸玻璃支撐體上。藉由氮環境下之烤箱,以180℃加熱1小時使硬化,分別形成具有表2所記載之膜厚的接著層。對於前述接著層,使用分光分析測定裝置UV-3600(股份公司島津製作所製),藉由照射波長300~800nm的光,評價355nm之波長中之光的透過率。結果如以下表4所示。<Evaluation> ≪Measurement of light transmittance≫ The adhesive composition of each example was respectively coated on the bare glass support body by the spin coater method. It was cured by heating at 180°C for 1 hour in an oven in a nitrogen environment, and the adhesive layers each having the film thickness described in Table 2 were formed. For the aforementioned adhesive layer, using a spectroscopic analyzer UV-3600 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), by irradiating light with a wavelength of 300 to 800 nm, the transmittance of light at a wavelength of 355 nm was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 4 below.

Figure 02_image047
Figure 02_image047

由表4所示的結果,使用實施例7~9之接著劑組成物形成的接著層係測定波長之光透過率為低水平,確認吸收此波長範圍之光。From the results shown in Table 4, the adhesive layer formed using the adhesive compositions of Examples 7 to 9 has a low light transmittance measured at a wavelength, and it is confirmed that it absorbs light in this wavelength range.

≪雷射反應性之評價≫ 使用與前述之≪光透過率之測定≫相同條件,由實施例9與比較例2之接著劑組成物,形成接著層。對於此接著層,使用Spectra Physics公司製 Talon(註冊商標)355-12,照射355nm之雷射光。觀察接著層,確認打痕。其結果與355nm中之透過率一同示於表5。≪Evaluation of laser reactivity≫ The adhesive layer was formed from the adhesive composition of Example 9 and Comparative Example 2 under the same conditions as the aforementioned "Measurement of Light Transmittance". For this adhesive layer, Talon (registered trademark) 355-12 manufactured by Spectra Physics was irradiated with 355 nm laser light. Observe the adhesive layer to confirm the marks. The results are shown in Table 5 together with the transmittance at 355 nm.

Figure 02_image049
Figure 02_image049

由表5所示的結果,確認使用實施例9之接著劑組成物形成的接著層具有355nm之雷射反應性。此外,使用比較例2之接著劑組成物形成的接著層,無法確認雷射反應性。From the results shown in Table 5, it was confirmed that the adhesive layer formed using the adhesive composition of Example 9 has a laser reactivity of 355 nm. In addition, the adhesive layer formed using the adhesive composition of Comparative Example 2 could not confirm the laser reactivity.

1:支撐體 3:接著層 3’:接著劑組成物層 4:半導體基板 5:封裝材料層 6:配線層 20:積層體 50:電子零件 100:積層體 100’:積層體 110:積層體 120:積層體 200:積層體 300:積層體 400:積層體 456:電子裝置 645:電子裝置1: Support 3: Next layer 3’: Adhesive composition layer 4: Semiconductor substrate 5: Packaging material layer 6: Wiring layer 20: Laminated body 50: Electronic parts 100: layered body 100’: Layered body 110: layered body 120: layered body 200: layered body 300: layered body 400: Laminated body 456: electronic device 645: electronic device

[圖1]表示使用本發明之積層體之一實施形態的示意圖。 [圖2]表示使用本發明之積層體之一實施形態的示意圖。 [圖3]表示使用本發明之積層體之一實施形態的示意圖。 [圖4]表示使用本發明之積層體之一實施形態的示意圖。 [圖5A]圖5A~5B係說明依支撐體、接著劑組成物層、及半導體基板之順序積層之積層體100’之製造方法之一實施形態的概略步驟圖。圖5A係說明接著劑組成物層形成步驟的圖。 [圖5B]圖5B係說明半導體基板載置步驟的圖。 [圖6]說明接著層形成步驟的圖。 [圖7A]圖7A~7C係說明製造積層體120之方法之一實施形態的概略步驟圖。圖7A係說明封裝步驟的圖。 [圖7B]圖7B係說明磨削步驟的圖。 [圖7C]圖7C係說明配線層形成步驟的圖。 [圖8A]圖8A~8C係說明由積層體120製造半導體封裝(電子零件)之方法之一實施形態的概略步驟圖。圖8A表示積層體200的圖。 [圖8B]圖8B係說明分離步驟的圖。 [圖8C]圖8C係說明接著層去除步驟的圖。[Fig. 1] A schematic diagram showing an embodiment of a laminate using the present invention. [Fig. 2] A schematic diagram showing an embodiment of a laminate using the present invention. [Fig. 3] A schematic diagram showing an embodiment of a laminate using the present invention. [Fig. 4] A schematic diagram showing an embodiment of a laminate using the present invention. [Fig. 5A] Figs. 5A to 5B are schematic step diagrams illustrating an embodiment of a method of manufacturing a laminate 100' laminated in the order of a support, an adhesive composition layer, and a semiconductor substrate. Fig. 5A is a diagram illustrating a step of forming an adhesive composition layer. [Fig. 5B] Fig. 5B is a diagram illustrating a semiconductor substrate mounting step. [Fig. 6] A diagram explaining the subsequent layer formation step. [Fig. 7A] Figs. 7A to 7C are schematic step diagrams illustrating an embodiment of a method of manufacturing the laminate 120. Fig. 7A is a diagram illustrating the packaging step. [Fig. 7B] Fig. 7B is a diagram illustrating a grinding step. [Fig. 7C] Fig. 7C is a diagram illustrating a step of forming a wiring layer. [FIG. 8A] FIGS. 8A to 8C are schematic step diagrams illustrating an embodiment of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor package (electronic component) from the laminate 120. [FIG. FIG. 8A shows a view of the laminate 200. [Fig. 8B] Fig. 8B is a diagram illustrating the separation step. [Fig. 8C] Fig. 8C is a diagram illustrating a subsequent layer removal step.

Claims (10)

一種接著劑組成物,其係形成暫時接著半導體基板或電子裝置與光透過之支撐體之接著層用的接著劑組成物,其係含有 (a)光吸收劑、聚異氰酸酯、及多元醇、或 (b)光吸收劑、包含聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵之胺基甲酸酯樹脂、及聚合起始劑。An adhesive composition, which is used to form an adhesive composition for temporarily adhering a semiconductor substrate or an electronic device and a light-transmitting support, which contains (a) Light absorbers, polyisocyanates, and polyols, or (b) A light absorber, a urethane resin containing a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond, and a polymerization initiator. 如請求項1之接著劑組成物,其中前述接著劑組成物,含有前述(b)的成分, 前述光吸收劑吸收波長300~800nm之範圍內之至少一部分的光,且包含含有聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵的化合物(B1)(但是排除相當於前述胺基甲酸酯樹脂者)。Such as the adhesive composition of claim 1, wherein the aforementioned adhesive composition contains the aforementioned component (b), The aforementioned light absorber absorbs at least a part of light within a wavelength range of 300 to 800 nm, and contains a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond-containing compound (B1) (but excluding those equivalent to the aforementioned urethane resin). 如請求項2之接著劑組成物,其中前述化合物(B1)為以下的通式(b1)表示,
Figure 03_image001
[式中,W為包含聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵之1價基;Y為單鍵、或選自由-O-、-CO-、-COO-、及-CONH-所構成群組之2價之連結基;n為1~6之整數;X為具有其結構中具有芳香族性之縮合環骨架、二苯甲酮骨架、二苯甲醯基甲烷骨架、二苯甲醯基苯骨架、或苯并三唑骨架之n價之原子團。n為2以上時,複數存在之W及Y,彼此可相同或相異]。
Such as the adhesive composition of claim 2, wherein the aforementioned compound (B1) is represented by the following general formula (b1),
Figure 03_image001
[In the formula, W is a monovalent group containing a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond; Y is a single bond, or 2 selected from the group consisting of -O-, -CO-, -COO-, and -CONH- Valence linking group; n is an integer from 1 to 6; X is a condensed ring skeleton with aromaticity in its structure, benzophenone skeleton, benzophenone methane skeleton, benzophenone benzene skeleton, Or the n-valent atomic group of the benzotriazole skeleton. When n is 2 or more, W and Y, which exist in plural, may be the same or different from each other].
如請求項1之接著劑組成物,其中前述接著劑組成物含有前述(b)之成分, 前述胺基甲酸酯樹脂為多元醇與聚異氰酸酯之反應產物, 前述多元醇及前述聚異氰酸酯之至少一者,包含前述聚合性碳-碳不飽和鍵。Such as the adhesive composition of claim 1, wherein the aforementioned adhesive composition contains the aforementioned component (b), The aforementioned urethane resin is a reaction product of polyol and polyisocyanate, At least one of the polyol and the polyisocyanate includes the polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond. 如請求項1之接著劑組成物,其中前述接著劑組成物含有前述(b)之成分, 包含熱聚合起始劑,作為前述聚合起始劑。Such as the adhesive composition of claim 1, wherein the aforementioned adhesive composition contains the aforementioned component (b), A thermal polymerization initiator is included as the aforementioned polymerization initiator. 如請求項1之接著劑組成物,其中作為前述電子裝置之藉由金屬或半導體構成的構件與將前述構件封裝或絕緣之樹脂的複合體,經由前述接著層而積層於前述支撐體。The adhesive composition of claim 1, wherein a composite of a member composed of a metal or a semiconductor as the electronic device and a resin encapsulating or insulating the member is laminated on the support through the adhesive layer. 一種積層體,其係依序積層有光透過的支撐體、接著層、及半導體基板或電子裝置的積層體, 前述接著層為如請求項1~6中任一項之接著劑組成物的硬化體。A laminated body is a laminated body in which a light-transmitting support body, an adhesive layer, and a semiconductor substrate or an electronic device are sequentially laminated, The aforementioned adhesive layer is a hardened body of the adhesive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6. 一種積層體之製造方法,其係依序積層有光透過的支撐體、接著層、及半導體基板之積層體之製造方法,其係具有以下步驟, 將如請求項1~6中任一項之接著劑組成物塗佈於前述支撐體或半導體基板,形成接著劑組成物層的步驟, 經由前述接著劑組成物層,將前述半導體基板載置於前述支撐體上的步驟, 使前述接著劑組成物層硬化,形成前述接著層的步驟。A method of manufacturing a laminated body, which is a method of manufacturing a laminated body in which a light-transmitting support body, an adhesive layer, and a semiconductor substrate are sequentially laminated, which has the following steps: The step of applying the adhesive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6 to the aforementioned support or semiconductor substrate to form an adhesive composition layer, The step of placing the semiconductor substrate on the support via the adhesive composition layer, The step of hardening the adhesive composition layer to form the adhesive layer. 一種積層體之製造方法,其係依序積層有光透過的支撐體、接著層、及電子裝置之積層體之製造方法,其中藉由如請求項8之積層體之製造方法得到積層體後,進一步具有形成電子裝置的步驟,前述電子裝置為藉由金屬或半導體所構成的構件與將前述構件封裝或絕緣之樹脂的複合體。A method of manufacturing a laminated body, which is a method of manufacturing a laminated body having a light-transmitting support, an adhesive layer, and an electronic device sequentially laminated, wherein the laminated body is obtained by the method of manufacturing a laminated body as in claim 8, There is further a step of forming an electronic device. The electronic device is a composite of a member made of metal or semiconductor and a resin that encapsulates or insulates the member. 一種電子零件之製造方法,其係藉由如請求項8之積層體之製造方法得到積層體後,進一步具有以下的步驟: 經由前述支撐體,藉由將光照射於前述接著層,使前述接著層變質,分離為前述電子裝置與前述支撐體的步驟, 藉由將前述接著層中之胺基甲酸酯鍵以酸或鹼分解,去除附著於前述電子裝置之前述接著層的步驟。A method of manufacturing an electronic component, which is obtained by the method of manufacturing a layered body as in claim 8, and further has the following steps: The step of irradiating light on the adhesive layer through the support body to change the quality of the adhesive layer and separate the electronic device and the support body into the step, The step of removing the adhesive layer attached to the electronic device by decomposing the urethane bond in the adhesive layer with acid or alkali.
TW109140213A 2019-12-27 2020-11-18 Adhesive agent composition, layered body, method for producing layered body, and method for producing electronic component TW202134384A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019238291A JP6802348B1 (en) 2019-12-27 2019-12-27 Adhesive composition, laminate, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing electronic components
JP2019-238291 2019-12-27
JP2020-110426 2020-06-26
JP2020110426A JP2022007441A (en) 2020-06-26 2020-06-26 Adhesive composition, laminate, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing electronic component

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202134384A true TW202134384A (en) 2021-09-16

Family

ID=76575362

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW109140213A TW202134384A (en) 2019-12-27 2020-11-18 Adhesive agent composition, layered body, method for producing layered body, and method for producing electronic component

Country Status (4)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20220119599A (en)
CN (1) CN114729254A (en)
TW (1) TW202134384A (en)
WO (1) WO2021131395A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023243475A1 (en) * 2022-06-17 2023-12-21 日産化学株式会社 Adhesive composition for light irradiation peeling, laminate, and method for producing processed semiconductor substrate or electronic device layer

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3617639B2 (en) * 2001-09-28 2005-02-09 住友ベークライト株式会社 Semiconductor processing sheet, semiconductor device manufacturing method using the same, and semiconductor device
JP4565804B2 (en) * 2002-06-03 2010-10-20 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Laminate including ground substrate, method for producing the same, method for producing ultrathin substrate using laminate, and apparatus therefor
KR20130142882A (en) * 2010-06-01 2013-12-30 리켄 테크노스 가부시키가이샤 Composition for use as coating material and adhesive, method for adhesive bonding, and laminated products
CN104508069B (en) * 2012-08-02 2017-03-29 琳得科株式会社 Film-like adhesive, semiconductor interface share the manufacture method of adhesive sheet and semiconductor device
JP2014172989A (en) * 2013-03-08 2014-09-22 Nitto Denko Corp Adhesive member for temporarily fixing brittle member
WO2015019899A1 (en) * 2013-08-06 2015-02-12 Dic株式会社 Aqueous resin composition, laminate produced using same, and image display device
TWI665239B (en) 2014-09-29 2019-07-11 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Composition, sheet manufacturing method, sheet, laminated body and laminated body with element wafer
JP6582739B2 (en) * 2015-08-26 2019-10-02 富士通株式会社 Electronic composite part manufacturing method and electronic composite part
JP6612683B2 (en) * 2016-06-13 2019-11-27 東京応化工業株式会社 Laminate manufacturing method and use thereof
JP6939011B2 (en) * 2017-03-28 2021-09-22 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Urethane-based adhesive composition and laminate
JP7033915B2 (en) * 2017-12-28 2022-03-11 東京応化工業株式会社 Adhesive composition, laminate and its manufacturing method, and manufacturing method of electronic parts
KR102484271B1 (en) * 2018-05-16 2023-01-03 유비이 가부시키가이샤 Photocurable resin composition and adhesive using the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2021131395A1 (en) 2021-07-01
KR20220119599A (en) 2022-08-30
CN114729254A (en) 2022-07-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6842878B2 (en) Adhesive composition and its use
JP6614090B2 (en) Wafer stack and manufacturing method thereof
JP7035915B2 (en) Manufacturing method of thin wafer
TW201604653A (en) Positive photosensitive resin composition, photo-curable dry film and method for producing same, layered product, patterning process, and substrate
JP6832462B1 (en) Adhesive composition, laminate, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing electronic components
JP6680266B2 (en) Wafer stack and method for manufacturing the same
KR20200080129A (en) Adhesive composition, laminate, method of manufacturing laminate, and method of manufacturing electronic component
TW202134384A (en) Adhesive agent composition, layered body, method for producing layered body, and method for producing electronic component
CN106800909B (en) Wafer laminate and method of manufacture
JP6612683B2 (en) Laminate manufacturing method and use thereof
JP6802348B1 (en) Adhesive composition, laminate, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing electronic components
US20240045329A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, electronic component, antenna element, semiconductor package, and compound
TW202332711A (en) Adhesive composition, laminate, manufacturing method of laminate, and manufacturing method of electronic components wherein the adhesive composition is used to form a temporary adhesive layer between a semiconductor substrate or electronic device and a light transparent support
TW202332751A (en) Adhesive composition, laminate, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing electronic component having high heat resistance and facilitating the removal of an adhesive layer
TW202346394A (en) Adhesive composition, laminated body, manufacturing method of laminated body, and manufacturing method of electronic component wherein the adhesive composition contains a urethane resin containing a polymeric carbon-carbon unsaturated bond, caprolactone-modified urethane acrylate, and a polymerization initiator
JP2022007441A (en) Adhesive composition, laminate, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing electronic component
JP6971139B2 (en) Adhesive composition, support with adhesive layer, adhesive film, laminate and method for manufacturing the same, and method for manufacturing electronic components
JP2018164002A (en) Semiconductor device and manufacturing method for the same as well as laminate
JP2024001554A (en) Transfer substrate, method of transferring microstructure, and method of mounting semiconductor element
JP2024001552A (en) Transfer substrate, method of transferring microstructure, and method of mounting semiconductor element
JP2024001553A (en) Transfer substrate, method of transferring microstructure, and method of mounting semiconductor element
JP2021070766A (en) Adhesive composition, laminate and production method thereof, production method of electronic component, and polymer